Перевод: со всех языков на английский

When used

1 кому даром не пройдёт (only fut . when used as threat)

Set phrase: one will pay for it

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > кому даром не пройдёт (only fut . when used as threat)
2 A sexually explicit animated icon used

General subject: Eroticon (Hаприм.: 'Pat really got me in trouble with my boss when he unleashed his new bukake eroticons in our MSN chat while I was doing a presentation to a group of investors. ')

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > A sexually explicit animated icon used
3 A term used to describe something or someone or some place that sucks.

Jargon: Bufalay (Example: "When want to part and go to a bar that only serves until 10 p.m., that sh*t is a real bufalay.")

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > A term used to describe something or someone or some place that sucks.
4 Expression used by rough older British blokes to describe taking a really big piss when they've not been to the ba

General subject: Empty a Leg (Example: "Dave - hold on a second. If I don't Empty a Leg right now I'm gonna piss myself!".)

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > Expression used by rough older British blokes to describe taking a really big piss when they've not been to the ba
5 The incorrect spelling of biatch most often used by pissy know nothing biatches. Especially when they have drank past thier limit of 3 beers in a 24 hour period.

Jargon: bee-otch

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > The incorrect spelling of biatch most often used by pissy know nothing biatches. Especially when they have drank past thier limit of 3 beers in a 24 hour period.
6 sulfuric acid (used as a catalyst when alkylating propylene or butylene with isobutane) H2SO4

Sakhalin energy glossary: H2SO4

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > sulfuric acid (used as a catalyst when alkylating propylene or butylene with isobutane) H2SO4
7 молодчага, молодцом (used when you don't think that someone has done anything special but they want you to praise them)

General subject: bully for you/him etc.

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > молодчага, молодцом (used when you don't think that someone has done anything special but they want you to praise them)
8 когда б

when used

Русско-английский синонимический словарь > когда б
9 Only

When used in a complex sentence, "only" might qualify any word in the sentence; always clarify!

Iभारतीय अंग्रेजी खिचड़ी (Indian-English slang) > Only
10 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
11 ὁ

ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,

A demonstr. Pronoun.

B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.

C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dual τοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ; οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ; τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
; τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
; τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
; τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
; τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484, ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν Schwyzer664.8
(Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)

A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):

I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun, αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
; τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.

II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.

III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ; θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.

IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.

V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.

VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter,
ὁ δέ
the former, Pl.Prt. 359e
, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
; τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ; πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg., ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν or ὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ; τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.

2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ S.OC24
; τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
; οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.

3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
; νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.

4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.

5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. by ἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ; τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ; ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ; σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. μέν D.
III ; γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.

6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
; τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
; ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.

7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.

8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
; ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
; οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.

VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,

1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v. ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc., καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt., καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.

2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc., καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ; τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ; τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ' ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν Thgn.398
, cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.; τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.

VIII abs. usages of single cases,

1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.

b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ; τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; δελφῖνες τῇ καὶ τῇ ἐθύνεον ἰχθυάοντες Hes.Sc. 210
:—only poet.

c of Manner,
τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν
in this way, thus, Od.8.510
.

d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: without μέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.

e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.

2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose, τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.

b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.

3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6), τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
; τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.

4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; also τὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
; τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
; τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.

5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.

b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.; ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ; τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.

c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).

6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs., ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.; ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα μελάγγειον οὖσαν Plu.2.364c
: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; with πάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).

B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst.,
αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον
the hindmost man, Il.11.178
; τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
; τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
; τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also in τῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs., τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.; τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
; τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ; τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ; ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.

I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron., τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; οὐχ ὑπὲρ τὴν οὐσίαν ποιούμενοι τοὺς παῖδας Pl.R. 372b
.

b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).

c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.

d for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc., v. καί B.2.

2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
; πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.

b freq. with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.

3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.

4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.

5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.; τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.

6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ; τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
; ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ; ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
; τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.

7 before Prons.,

a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., τὸν ἐμέ Pl.Tht. 166a
,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; τὸν αὑτόν Id.Phdr. 258a
; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.

b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.

c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst.,
ὁ τοιοῦτος
that sort of person, X.Mem.4.2.21
, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art., τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.

8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6, πολύς 11.3
, etc.

9 the Art. with the [comp] Comp. is rare, if ἤ follows, S.Ant. 313, OC 796.

II elliptic expressions:

1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.

2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers., τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.

3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.

4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.

5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.); ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ; τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.

C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ; Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.); Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., τῆς S.OC 1258
, Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.); τῷ S.Ph.14
; τήν Id.OC 747
, Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg. τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).

D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:

a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.

b other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g., [dialect] Dor. ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ Theoc.1.65
, ὥλαφος from ὁ ἔλαφος ib. 135 ; [dialect] Ion. ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς- SIG57.45 (Milet., v B.C.) ; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή Heraclit.60
, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὁ
12 ir

v.

1 to go.

ir hacia el sur/al cine to go south/to the cinema

ir en autobús/coche to go by bus/car

ir andando to go on foot, to walk

¡vamos! let's go!

2 to be gradually.

ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing something

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

3 to go.

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job

su negocio va mal his business is going badly

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?

4 to go.

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers

5 to go, to belong.

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there

6 to go, to leave (marcharse).

irse a to go to

¡vete! go away!

El bus va por el camino The bus goes down the road.

7 to go (to search).

ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get something/somebody, to go and fetch something/somebody (peninsular Spanish)

8 to go (to consume, to disappear).

se ha ido la luz there's been a power cut

9 to be going (intención).

ir a hacer algo to be going to do something

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you

10 to get (to change).

ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse

11 to work.

la manivela va floja the crank is loose

la televisión no va the television isn't working

12 to be meant (comentario, indirecta).

ir por alguien to be meant for somebody, to be aimed at somebody

13 to suit (clothes).

irle (bien) a alguien to suit somebody

esta camisa no va con esos pantalones this shirt doesn't go with these trousers

14 to do (tratamiento).

irle bien a alguien to do somebody good

15 to like, to care.

no me va el pop I don't like pop music (peninsular Spanish)

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

16 to attend.

Ricardo va en las tardes Richard attends in the afternoons.

17 to be doing, to make out.

Me va bien I am doing well.

18 to keep on, to keep.

Ir caminando Keep on walking.

19 to go for.

Me va bien el negocio The business goes well for me

20 to match.

Estas medias van These socks match.

* * *

IR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

voy, vas, va, vamos, vais, van.

Imperfect Subjunctive

iba, ibas, iba, íbamos, ibais, iban.

Past Indicative

fui, fuiste, fue, fuimos, fuisteis, fueron.

Present Subjunctive

vaya, vayas, vaya, vayamos, vayáis, vayan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

fuera, fueras, fuera, fuéramos, fuerais, fueran;

fuese, fueses, fuese, fuésemos, fueseis, fuesen.

Future Subjunctive

fuere, fueres, fuere, fuéremos, fuereis, fueren.

Imperative

ve (tú), vaya (él/Vd.), vayamos (nos.), id (vos.), vayan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to go

2) get on

3) extend

•

- ir a
- ir a pie
- irse
* * *
Para las expresiones ir de vacaciones, ir de veras, ir dado, irse de la lengua, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=marchar)

a) [indicando movimiento, acción] to go

anoche fuimos al cine — we went to the cinema last night

¿has ido alguna vez a Quito? — have you ever been to Quito?

¿a qué colegio vas? — what school do you go to?

esta carretera va a Huesca — this road goes to Huesca, this is the road to Huesca

íbamos hacia Sevilla — we were going towards Seville

ir hasta León — to go as far as León

ir despacio — to go slow(ly)

ir con tiento — to go carefully {o} cautiously

¡ya voy!, ¡ahora voy! — coming!, I'll be right there!

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿quién va? — (Mil) who goes there?

b) [indicando la forma de transporte]

• ir [andando] — to walk, go on foot

tuvimos que ir andando — we had to walk {o} go on foot

¿vas a ir andando o en autobús? — are you walking or going by bus?

• ir en [avión] — to fly

• ir en [bicicleta] — to ride

• ir a [caballo] — to ride

• fui en [coche] — I went by car, I drove

• ir a [pie] — to walk, go on foot

• fui en [tren] — I went by train {o} rail

c) [con complemento]

iba muy bien vestido — he was very well dressed

este reloj va atrasado — this clock is slow

iban muertos de risa por la calle — they were killing themselves laughing as they went down the street

d)

• ir (a) [por] — to go and get

voy (a) por el paraguas — I'll go and get the umbrella

voy por el médico — I'll go and fetch {o} get the doctor

voy a por él — [a buscarle] I'll go and get him; [a atacarle] I'm going to get him

solo van a por las pelas — * they're only in it for the money

2) [indicando proceso]

a) [persona]

¿cómo va el paciente? — how's the patient doing?

el enfermo va mejor — the patient is improving {o} doing better

el enfermo va peor — the patient has got worse

b) [acción, obra] to go

¿cómo va el ensayo? — how's the essay going?, how are you getting on with the essay?

¿cómo va el partido? — what's the score?

¿cómo va eso? — how are things (going)?

todo va bien — everything's fine, everything's going well

los resultados van a mejor — the results are improving {o} getting better

c)

• ir [por], ¿te has leído ya el libro? ¿por dónde vas? — have you read the book yet? whereabouts are you? {o} how far have you got?

ir por la mitad de algo — to be halfway through sth

la película ya va por la mitad — it's already half way through the film

íbamos por la mitad de nuestro viaje — we were half way there

3) [indicando manera, posición]

ese cuadro debería ir encima del sofá — that picture should go over the sofa

lo que te dijo iba en serio — he meant what he said (to you)

4) (=extenderse) to go, stretch

la pradera va desde la montaña hasta el mar — the grasslands go {o} stretch from the mountains to the sea

• [en lo que] va de año — so far this year

en lo que va de semana hemos recibido cientos de llamadas — we've had hundreds of calls so far this week

en lo que va desde 1950 hasta nuestros días — from 1950 up until now

5) [indicando distancia, diferencia]

va mucho de uno a otro — there's a lot of difference between them

¡lo que va del padre al hijo! — what a difference there is between father and son!, father and son are nothing like each other!

de 7 a 9 van 2 — the difference between 7 and 9 is 2; [en resta] 7 from 9 leaves 2

6) [indicando acumulación]

con este van 30 — that makes 30 (with this one)

van ya tres llamadas y no contesta — we've called him three times and he doesn't answer

7) [en apuestas]

van cinco pesos a que no lo haces — I bet you five pesos you won't do it

¿cuánto va? — how much do you bet?

8) (=vestir)

ir con pantalones — to be wearing trousers

¿con qué ropa {o} cómo fuiste a la boda? — what did you wear to the wedding?

iba de rojo — she was dressed in red, she was wearing red

la que va de negro — the girl in black
etiqueta 2)
9)

irle a algn —

a) [indicando importancia]

nos va mucho en esto — we have a lot riding on this

le va la vida en ello — his life depends on it

- ni me va ni me viene

b) [indicando situación]

¿cómo te va? — how are things?, how are you doing?

¿cómo te va en los estudios? — how are you getting on with your studies?

¡que te vaya bien! — take care!

c) (=sentar) to suit

¿me va bien esto? — does this suit me?

no le va bien el sombrero — the hat doesn't suit her

d) * (=gustar)

no me va nada ese rollo — I'm not into that sort of thing *

ese tipo de gente no me va — I don't get on with that type of people

le va al Cruz Azul — Méx (Dep) he supports Cruz Azul

10) [seguido de preposición]
ir con (=acompañar, combinar) to go with
no quería ir con ella a ninguna parte — I didn't want to go anywhere with her

iba con su madre — he was with his mother

esta fotocopia debe ir con la carta — this photocopy has to go (in) with the letter

yo voy con el Real Madrid — I support Real Madrid

el marrón no va bien con el azul — brown and blue don't go together

eso de ser famosa no va con ella — being famous doesn't agree with her
ir de
¿de qué va la película? — what's the film about?

la película va nada más que de sexo — the film is all sex

no sabe de qué va el rollo — * he doesn't know what it's all about

va de intelectual por la vida — * he acts the intellectual all the time

¿de qué vas? — * what are you on about? *
ir para
va para los 40 — he's getting on for 40, he's knocking on 40

va para viejo — he's getting old

va para arquitecto — he's going to be an architect

va para cinco años que entré en la Universidad — it's getting on for five years since I started University
ir por [indicando intención]
eso no va por usted — I wasn't referring to you, that wasn't meant for you

¡va por los novios! — (here's) to the bride and groom!
ir tras to go after
se dio cuenta de que iban tras él — he realized they were after him

ir tras una chica — to chase (after) a girl

11) [otras locuciones]

• [a lo que] iba — as I was saying

• ir a algn [con] algo, siempre le iba con sus problemas — he always went to her with his problems

• [¿dónde] vas?, -¿le regalamos un equipo de música? -¿dónde vas? con un libro tiene bastante — "shall we give him a stereo?" - "what do you mean? a book is fine"

-¿le pido disculpas? -¿dónde vas? deja que sea él quien se disculpe — "shall I apologize?" - "what are you talking about? let him be the one to apologize"

• si vamos a [eso] — for that matter

a eso voy — I'm coming to that

pues, a eso voy — that's what I mean, that's what I'm getting at

• es el [no] va más — * it's the ultimate

• ir de mal en [peor] — to go from bad to worse

• ir a lo [suyo] — to do one's own thing; pey to look after Number One

aquí cada uno va a lo suyo — everyone does their own thing here

• ir y [venir], era un constante ir y venir de ambulancias — ambulances were constantly coming and going

llevo todo el día yendo y viniendo de un lado al otro de la ciudad — I've spent all day going from one end of town to the other

cuando tú vas, yo ya he venido — I've been there before, I've seen it all before

• ir [y], ahora va y me dice que no viene — now he goes and tells me he's not coming

fue y se marchó — Méx * he just upped and left *
lejos 1., 1)
12) [exclamaciones]
¡vaya! [indicando sorpresa] well!; [indicando enfado] damn!
¡vaya! ¿qué haces tú por aquí? — well, what a surprise! what are you doing here?

¡vaya, vaya! — well I'm blowed! *

¡vaya coche! — what a car!, that's some car!

¡vaya susto que me pegué! — I got such a fright!, what a fright I got!

¡vaya con el niño! — that damn kid! *
¡vamos! [dando ánimos] come on!; [para ponerse en marcha] let's go!
¡vamos! ¡di algo! — come on! say something!

vamos, no es difícil — come on, it's not difficult

una chica, vamos, una mujer — a girl, well, a woman

es molesto, pero ¡vamos! — it's a nuisance, but there it is
¡qué va!
-¿no me vas a echar la bronca? -no, qué va — "you're not going to tell me off, are you?" - "of course I'm not"

¿perder la liga? ¡qué va, hombre! — lose the league? you must be joking!

2.

VERBO AUXILIAR
ir a ({+ infin}) to go
fui a verle — I went to see him

vamos a hacerlo — [afirmando] we are going to do it; [exhortando] let's do it

tras muchas vueltas fuimos a dar con la calle Serrano — after driving round for ages we eventually found Serrano Street

¿cómo lo iba a tener? — how could he have had it?

¡no lo va a saber! — of course he knows!

¿no irás a decirme que no lo sabías? — you're not going to tell me you didn't know?

¿no irá a soplar? — ** I hope he's not going to split on us *

• no vaya a [ser] que..., no salgas no vaya a ser que venga — don't go out in case she comes
ir ({+ gerund})
iba anocheciendo — it was getting dark

iban fumando — they were smoking

¿quién va ganando? — who's winning?

fueron hablando todo el camino — they talked the whole way there

como iba diciendo — as I was saying

¡voy corriendo! — I'll be right there!

id pensando en el tema que queréis tratar — be {o} start thinking about the subject you want to deal with

hemos ido consiguiendo lo que queríamos — we found what we wanted eventually

voy comprendiendo que... — I am beginning to see that...
ir ({+ participio})
van escritas tres cartas — that's three letters I've written

va vendido todo — everything has been sold

3.

See:

irse

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex. He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex. It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex. Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex. Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex. She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex. This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex. Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

----

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion .

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *
1.
verbo intransitivo

Sentido I

1)

a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

ir en taxi — to go by taxi

iban a caballo/a pie — they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar — to go by sea

Fernando! - voy! — Fernando! - (just) coming! o I'll be right there!

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación — I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de los invitados — the coming and going of the guests

no hago más que ir y venir de un lado para otro — I do nothing but run around

voy al mercado — I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market (colloq)

vamos a casa — let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? — where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? — do you go to church?

ir de compras/de caza — to go shopping/hunting

ya vamos para allá — we're on our way

¿por dónde se va a...? — how do you get to...?

a eso voy — I'm just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? — (Esp fam) ( frente a una exageración)

¿dónde vas con tanto pan? — what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? - dónde vas! — shall we leave 500 as a tip? - you must be joking o kidding!

ir a dar a un lugar — ver parar

ir a por alguien — (Esp)

ha ido a por su madre — he's gone to get his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti — watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él — the dog went for him

ir por or (Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread; no irla con algo (RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't go along with all this liberalism; no me/le va ni me/le viene (fam) (no me, le concierne) it's none of my/his/her business; (ne me, le afecta) it doesn't affect me/him/her; allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres — when in Rome, do as the Romans do

b) ( asistir) to go to

voy a clases nocturnas — I go to evening classes

ya va al colegio/a la universidad — she's already at school/university

2) ( expresando propósito)

ir a + inf: ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?; ve a ayudarla — go and help her; ver tb v aux I

3)

irle a alguien con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems; le fue a la maestra con el chisme — she went and told the story to the teacher

4)

a) (al arrojar algo, arrojarse)

tírame la llave - allá va! — throw me the key - here you are o there you go!

tírate del trampolín - allá voy! — jump off the board! - here I go/come!

b) (Jueg)

ahí van otros $2.000 — there's another $2,000

no va más! — no more bets!

ahí va! — (Esp fam)

ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero — oh no! I've forgotten the money

ganó 20 millones en la lotería - ahí va! — he won 20 million in the lottery - wow o (AmE) gee whiz! (colloq)

5) comentario

no iba con mala intención — it wasn't meant unkindly

eso va por ti también — that goes for you too o and the same goes for you

6) ( estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc)

le iba la vida en ello — her life depended on it o was at stake

7) (fam) (hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes)

fue y le dio un puñetazo — she went and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree — and like an idiot she believed him

Sentido II

8) (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento)

iban cantando por el camino — they sang as they went along

¿van cómodos? — are you comfortable?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? — will the glasses be safe here?

íbamos sentados — we were sitting down

vas que pareces un pordiosero — you look like some sort of beggar

iba con miedo — she was afraid

vas muy cargada — you have a lot to carry

yo iba a la cabeza — I was in the lead

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos — you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco — he's had one disappointment after another

9) ( refiriéndose al atuendo)

ir de algo: iban de largo they wore long dresses; voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula; iba de verde — she was dressed in green

10) ( en calidad de)

ir de algo — to go (along) as something

yo fui de intérprete — I went along as interpreter

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? — (Esp arg) hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo/genio por la vida — (Esp arg) he really thinks he's good-looking/clever

11) (Esp fam) ( tratar)

¿de qué va la novela? — what's the novel about?

Sentido III

12) camino/sendero ( llevar)

ir a algo — to lead to something, to go to something

13) (extenderse, abarcar)

la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia — the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento — the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

Sentido IV

14) (marchar, desarrollarse)

¿cómo va el enfermo/el nuevo trabajo? — how's the patient doing/the new job going?

va de mal en peor — it's going from bad to worse;; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿cómo te va? — how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? — how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?

me fue mal/bien en el examen/la entrevista — I did badly/well in the exam/the interview

que te vaya bien! — all the best! o take care!

que te vaya bien (en) el examen! — good luck in the exam

¿cómo le va con el novio? — how's she getting on with her boyfriend?

15) (en juegos, competiciones)

¿cómo van? - 3-1 — what's the score? - 3-1

voy ganando yo — I'm ahead, I'm winning

16) ( en el desarrollo de algo)

ir por algo: ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?; ¿todavía vas por la página 20? — are you still on page 20?

17) ( estar en camino)

ir para algo: vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!; va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty; ya va para dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

18) (sumar, hacer)

ya van tres veces que te lo digo — this is the third time I've told you

con éste van seis — six, counting this one

ya van tres pasteles que se come — that makes three cakes he's eaten now

19) ( haber transcurrido)

en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes — so far this year/month

20) ( haber diferencia)

de tres a ocho van cinco — eight minus three is five

lo que va de un hermano a otro! — (fam) it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! (colloq)

21) (CS) (depender, radicar)

ir en algo — to depend on something

no sé en qué vá — I don't know what it depends on

Sentido V

22)

a) ( deber colocarse) to go

¿dónde van las toallas? — where do the towels go?

qué va! — (fam)

¿has terminado? - qué va! — have you finished? - you must be joking!

¿se disgustó? - qué va! — did she get upset? - not at all!

vamos a perder el avión - qué va! — we're going to miss the plane - nonsense!

b) ( deber escribirse)

¿va con mayúscula? — is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? — does it have an accent?

c) (RPl) ( estar incluido)

todo esto va para el examen — all of this will be included in the exam

23)

a) ( combinar)

ir con algo — to go with something

b) (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc)

el negro no te va bien — black doesn't suit you

te irá bien un descanso — a rest will do you good

c)

ir en contra de algo — to go against something

24) (Esp arg) ( gustar) (+ me/te/le etc)

esa música no me va — that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

25) (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar)

irle a algo/alguien — to support something/somebody

le va al equipo peruano — he supports the Peruvian team

Sentido VI

26) vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio)

vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? — come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa)

vamos, mujer, dile algo — go on, say something to him

vamos, date prisa! — come on, hurry up!

dar el vamos a algo — (Chi) to inaugurate something

desde el vamos — (RPl fam) from the word go

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo — that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar — basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos — it's better than the other one, anyway

27) vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad)

vaya! tú por aquí! — what a surprise! what are you doing here?

vaya! se me ha vuelto a caer! — oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!

b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar)

vaya cochazo! — that's some car!

vaya (que) si la conozco! — you bet I know her!

c) (al aclarar, resumir)

vaya, que los hay peores — well, I mean there are plenty worse
2.
ir v aux

Sentido I

1)

ir a + inf —

2)

a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf

te vas a caer! — you're going to fall!

voy a estudiar medicina — I'm going to study medicine

va a hacer dos años que... — it's getting on for two years since...

esto no te va a gustar — you're not going to like this

te voy a pegar — I'm going to smack you

b) (en propuestas, sugerencias)

vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? — now then, what did you say your name was?

bueno, vamos a trabajar — all right, let's get to work

3)

a) (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones)

que no se te vaya a caer — make sure you don't drop it

cuidado, no te vayas a caer — mind you don't fall (colloq)

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva — take the umbrella in case it rains

b) ( expresando un deseo)

que te vaya bien! — all the best!

4) ( expresando inevitabilidad)

qué le iba a decir! — what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre? — what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿quién iba a ser si no? — who else could it have been?

¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

5) ( expresando incredulidad)

no irás a darle la razón a él! — surely you're not going to say he was right!

6)

a) ( en afirmaciones enfáticas)

¿te acuerdas? - no me voy a acordar! — do you remember - of course I do o how could I forget?

b) ( al contradecir)

¿dormiste bien? - qué voy a dormir! — did you sleep well?- how could I?

cómo iba a saberlo! — how was I supposed to know?

¿por qué la voy a ayudar? — why should I help her?

Sentido II

7) ( expresando un proceso paulatino)

ir + ger: poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little; a medida que va subiendo as it rises; tú puedes ir comiendo you can start eating; ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea; la situación ha ido empeorando — the situation has been getting worse and worse
3.
irse v pron

1) ( marcharse) to leave

¿por qué te vas tan temprano? — why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos — let's go

bueno, me voy — right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off

no te vayas — don't go

vete a la cama — go to bed

se fue de casa — she left home

vete de aquí — get out of here

se fue de la empresa — she left the company

se han ido de viaje — they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí — (fam) get lost! (colloq); (+ me/te/le etc)

se nos fué a vivir a Florida — he went (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo — (fam) don't run away, I want to talk to you (colloq)

2) (consumirse, gastarse)

cómo se va el dinero! — I don't know where the money goes!; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler — half my salary goes on the rent

qué rápido se me ha ido la tarde! — hasn't the evening gone quickly?

3) ( desaparecer) mancha/dolor to go

se ha ido la luz — the electricity's gone off; (+ me/te/le etc)

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? — has your headache gone?

4) (salirse, escaparse) líquido/gas to escape; (+ me/te/le etc)

se le está yendo el aire al globo — the balloon's losing air o going down

5) (euf) ( morirse) to slip away (euph)

6) (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl)

irse de boca/espaldas — to fall flat on one's face/back

me iba para atrás — I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante — he braked and we all went flying forwards

7) (andarse, actuar) (+ compl)

vete con cuidado/tacto — be careful/tactful

8)

a) (CS) ( en naipes) to go out

b) (RPl) ( en una asignatura) tb

irse a examen — to have to take an exam

9) (Andes, Ven) medias to run

se me fueron las medias — my tights have run

* * *

= attend, go, run, go over, saunter, come, go forth.

Ex: He was awarded the bachelor's degree, magna cum laude, from Harvard University, and he attended Rutgers Library School where he graduated first in his class.

Ex: It was 'exceedingly inconvenient' because the books were entered in it 'where no person who goes to consult the catalogue would expect to find them'.

Ex: Arabic numerals are used to denote further divisions, in an integral manner, running from 1 to 9999, as necessary.

Ex: Compassion shadowed the trustee's face -- she could see he was desperate -- and compassion was in her voice as she answered: 'All right, I'll go over this afternoon'.

Ex: She sauntered back to her desk, intending to work, and was a little perturbed to find that she could not work.

Ex: This article urges children's librarians to attack 'aliteracy' (lack of a desire to read) as well as illiteracy by taking programmes, e.g. story hours, to children who do not come to libraries.

Ex: Finally six men agreed to go forth in their underclothes and nooses around their necks in hopeful expectation that their sacrifice would satisfy the king's bloodlust and he would spare the rest of the citizens.

* algo va mal = something is amiss.

* ¡allá voy! = here I come!.

* a punto de irse a pique = on the rocks.

* cosas + ir bien = things + go well.

* descanso para ir al baño = bathroom break.

* despedirse de Alguien deseándole que todo vaya bien = wish + well.

* donde fueres haz lo que vieres = when in Rome (do as the Romans do).

* el no va más = the be all and end all.

* empezar a ir bien = fall into + place.

* empezar a irse al garete = be on the skids.

* empezar a irse al garete, empezar a empeorar = hit + the skids.

* grupo de usuarios al que va dirigido = target user group.

* ir a = get to, turn to, refer to, be out to, head for, come to, take + a trip to, go to.

* ir a casa de = make + house calls.

* ir acompañado de = come with.

* ir a continuación de = follow in + the footsteps of.

* ir a contra reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir a cuestas de = piggyback [piggy-back].

* ir a dar un paseo = go for + a stroll.

* ir a + Infinitivo = be to + Infinitivo.

* ir a jucio = stand + trial, stand for + trial.

* ir a jucio, ser juzgado, ser procesado = stand for + trial.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* ir a la bancarrota = go + belly up.

* ir a la cárcel = serve + time.

* ir a la escuela = go to + school.

* ir a la guerra = go to + war.

* ir a la par = proceed + in parallel.

* ir a la par con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a las mil maravillas = go + great guns, go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, be fine and dandy.

* ir a la zaga = trail, trail behind, lag + behind.

* ir al centro = go + downtown.

* ir al cine = go to + the cinema, movie-going.

* ir al grano = cut to + the chase.

* ir a lo seguro = play it + safe.

* ir al pub = go to + the pub.

* ir al teatro = go to + the theatre, theatre-going.

* ir a + Lugar = trot off + Lugar.

* ir al unísono = be hand in hand.

* ir al unísono con = go + hand in hand (with), go + hand in glove with.

* ir a otro sitio = go + elsewhere.

* ir a pie = leg it.

* ir a por = go for.

* ir a por todas = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon.

* ir a tientas y a ciegas = bump around + in the dark, fumble.

* ir a toda velocidad = hurtle.

* ir a un Lugar en coche = drive out to.

* ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir a un Sitio sin prisa = mosey.

* ir a ver = drop in on, check out.

* ir a ver a Alguien = say + hi.

* ir a ver a Alguien a su casa = home-visiting.

* ir bien = go + well, do + well, go + strong.

* ir bien encaminado = be on the right track.

* ir cada vez mejor = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir con = go with, come with.

* ir con la corriente = go with + the flow, go along with + the flow.

* ir con la nueva ola = ride + wave.

* ir con mucho ojo = keep + Posesivo + eyes peeled, keep + Posesivo + eyes skinned, keep + Posesivo + eyes (wide) open.

* ir con retraso con respecto a = lag + behind.

* ir contracorriente = go against + the flow.

* ir corriendo = hot-foot it to.

* ir corriendo a = dash off to, run off to.

* ir cuesta abajo = go + downhill.

* ir de... a... = proceed from... to....

* ir de... a = make + transition from... to..., range from... to..., go from... to..., work from... to, stretch from... to..., ricochet from... to.

* ir de acampada = camp.

* ir de aquí a allá = go out and about.

* ir de aquí para allá = ply, bustle, jump, live out of + a suitcase, run + here and there.

* ir de aquí para allá sin rumbo fijo = freewheel.

* ir de compras = go + shopping.

* ir de copas = go for + a drink.

* ir de + Dirección = work from + Dirección.

* ir de excursión = hike.

* ir de excursión por la montaña = go + tracking.

* ir de la mano = go + hand in hand (with), be hand in hand.

* ir delante = lead + the way.

* ir de mal en peor = go from + bad to worse.

* ir demasiado lejos = overstate + case, go + too far.

* ir de paquete = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir de perlas = come up + a treat, work + a treat, go down + a treat.

* ir de putas = whoring.

* ir descaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir de tranqui = play it + cool.

* ir detrás de = chase after, lag + behind.

* ir de un sitio a otro = shunt between.

* ir de un sitio para otro = run around.

* ir de vacaciones = go on + vacation, go on + holidays.

* ir de viaje de novios = honeymoon.

* ir dirigido a = be geared to, target, aim at.

* ir en = ride.

* ir en aumento = be on the increase.

* ir en bici = bike.

* ir en bicicleta = cycle.

* ir encaminado hacia = be on + Posesivo + way to.

* ir en caravana = go in + (a) convoy, drive in + (a) convoy.

* ir en contra de = contravene, fly in + the face of, go against, militate against, stand in + contrast to, tell against, be at odds with, work at + cross purposes, be at cross purposes, turn against, play against, be contrary to, run up against, work against, set against, run + counter to, run + contrary to, be at loggerheads with, argue against, stand in + sharp contrast to, speak against, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* ir en contra de la corriente = go against + the flow.

* ir en contra de la ley = be against the law.

* ir en contra del reloj = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra del sentido común = violate + common sense.

* ir en contra del sistema = buck + the system.

* ir en contra del tiempo = race against + time, race against + the clock.

* ir en contra de todos + Posesivo + principios = violate + principle.

* ir en detrimento de los intereses = prejudice + interests.

* ir en el asiento trasero = pillion riding, ride + pillion.

* ir en moto = bike.

* ir en paralelo con = run + parallel to.

* ir entre = go between.

* ir hacia = head for.

* ir hacia atrás = page + backward.

* ir hacia delante = page + forward.

* ir hecho un desastre = look like + drag + through a hedge backwards, look like + the wreck of the Hesperus.

* irle Algo a Alguien = fare.

* irle a Uno = make out.

* ir mal = go + wrong.

* ir mal encaminado = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir marcha atrás = back up.

* ir más allá = go + one stage further.

* ir más allá de = go beyond, go + deeper than, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.

* ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.

* ir más despacio = slow down, slow up.

* ir más lejos = go + one stage further.

* ir montado en + Vehículo = ride + Vehículo.

* ir muy atrasado = be way behind schedule.

* ir muy por detrás de = be far behind.

* ir pegado a = hug.

* ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.

* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.

* ir por buen camino = be on the right track.

* ir por detrás = be behind, trail, trail behind, lag.

* ir por detrás de = lag + behind.

* ir por el buen camino = be right on track.

* ir por mal camino = be on the wrong track, be headed down the wrong track.

* ir primero = lead + the way.

* ir rápido = fly.

* ir retrasado con el trabajo = be behind in + Posesivo + work.

* ir rumbo a = be on the road to.

* irse = depart, make + departure, quit + Lugar, take + departure, go off, wend + Posesivo + way, leave, go away, take + Posesivo + leave, be gone, head off, walk out, make + a quick getaway.

* irse a casa = go + home.

* irse a freír espárragos = naff off.

* irse a la cama = retire + at night.

* irse a la mierda = naff off.

* irse a la porra = go + pear-shaped, go down + the tube, go down + the drain.

* irse al carajo = go + pear-shaped, go to + shit.

* irse al cuerno = naff off.

* irse al diablo = naff off.

* irse al garete = go + kaput, be kaput, be up the spout.

* irse al traste = come + unstuck, go + kaput, be kaput, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, go to + shit, be up the spout.

* irse al trasto = go + pear-shaped.

* irse a paseo = naff off.

* irse a pique = founder, bite + the dust, give up + the ghost, come + unstuck, go + pear-shaped, go + kaput, be kaput, go + haywire, go down + the tube, go down + the drain, be up the spout.

* irse a tomar por culo = naff off.

* irse corriendo = dash off, shoot off.

* irse de casa = leave + home.

* irse de jarana = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de juerga = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de la lengua = spill + the beans, shoot + Posesivo + mouth off, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* irse de marcha = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de parranda = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse de picos pardos = paint + the town red, go out on + the town.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

* irse de vacaciones = vacation.

* irse enojado dando zapatazos = stomp away.

* irse inadvertidamente = slip away.

* irse la cabeza = go + bananas.

* írsele a Uno Algo de las manos = get out of + hand.

* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time, it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.

* írsele la cabeza = go off + Posesivo + head.

* írsele la mano a Uno = overplay + Posesivo + hand.

* irse para siempre = go + forever.

* irse por las ramas = go off + the track, get off + the track, go off on + another track, fly off on + a tangent, go off on + a tangent, wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off at + a tangent.

* irse por la tangente = wander off + track, wander off + topic, go off on + a tangent, go off at + a tangent, go off + the track, get off + the track, fly off on + a tangent.

* ir sobre ruedas = go off without + a hitch.

* ir sobre seguro = be on secure ground, play it + safe.

* ir tirando = get along + in the world, shuffle along, tick over, muddle along, keep + the wolves from the door.

* ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.

* ir todo bien = be fine.

* ir todo de maravilla = come up + roses.

* ir unido a = go with + the territory (of), come with + the territory (of).

* ir viento en popa = go from + strength to strength, grow from + strength to strength, go + great guns.

* ir volando = hurtle, hot-foot it to.

* ir y venir = come and go.

* ir zumbando = whiz.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.

* para que vayamos pensando = food for thought.

* partido de ida = away game.

* pendiente de ir a la última moda = fashion-conscious.

* persona que va al cine = moviegoer [movie-goer].

* público al que va dirigido = intended audience, subject audience, target audience, targeted audience.

* que van dirigidos hacia el exterior = outbound.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* ser hora de irse = be time to go.

* ser lo que a Uno le va = be (right) up + Posesivo + alley.

* situación + irse de las manos = things + get out of hand.

* si vamos a eso = for that matter.

* todo ir bien = all + be + well with the world.

* va a = gonna [going to].

* vete a la mierda = fuck off.

* véte al carajo = drop dead!.

* véte al cuerno = drop dead!.

* vete a tomar por culo = fuck off.

* ya ir siendo hora de que = be high time (that/to/for), be about time (that).

* * *

ir [ I27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ ir (verbo intransitivo)

Sentido I

A trasladarse, desplazarse

B expresando propósito

C irle a alguien con algo

D

1 al arrojar algo, arrojarse

2 Juegos

E con comentarios

F estar en juego

G hablando de acciones imprevistas

Sentido II

A ir + complemento

B refiriéndose al atuendo

C en calidad de

D tratar

Sentido III

A llevar a

B extenderse, abarcar

Sentido IV

A marchar, desarrollarse

B en juegos, competiciones

C en el desarrollo de algo

D estar en camino

E sumar, hacer

F haber transcurrido

G haber una diferencia

H depender, radicar

Sentido V

A

1 deber colocarse

2 deber escribirse

3 estar incluido

B

1 combinar

2 sentar, convenir

3 ir en contra de algo

C gustar

D tomar partido por, apoyar

Sentido VI

A

1 expresando incredulidad etc

2 intentando tranquilizar, animar

3 al aclarar, resumir

B

1 expresando sorpresa, contrariedad

2 para enfatizar

3 al aclarar, resumir

■ ir (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 para expresar tiempo futuro

2 expresando intención, propósito

3 en propuestas, sugerencias

B al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones

C expresando inevitabilidad

D expresando incredulidad

E

1 en afirmaciones enfáticas

2 al contradecir

Sentido II expresando un proceso paulatino

■ irse (verbo pronominal)

A marcharse

B consumirse, gastarse

C desaparecer: mancha, dolor

D salirse, escaparse

E morirse

F caerse, perder el equilibrio

G andarse, actuar

H

1 en naipes

2 en una asignatura

I las medias

vi

Sentido I

A (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go

¿vamos en taxi? shall we go by taxi?

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot

ir por mar to go by sea

¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right with you! o I'll be with you right away!

es la tercera vez que te llamo — ¡ya va or voy! this is the third time I've called you — alright, alright, I'm (just) coming!

¿quién va? who goes there?

lo oía ir y venir por la habitación I could hear him pacing up and down the room

el ir y venir de la gente por la avenida the to-ing and fro-ing of people along the avenue

el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests

no he hecho más que ir y venir de un lado para otro sin conseguir nada I've done nothing but run around without getting anything done

voy al mercado I'm going to the market, I'm off to the market ( colloq)

vamos a casa let's go home

¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?

¿tú vas a misa? do you go to church?

nunca va a clase he never goes to o attends class

ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting

juerga, etc

ya vamos para allá we're on our way

¿para dónde vas? where are you headed (for)?, where are you heading (for)? ( BrE)

¿por dónde se va a la estación? how do you get to the station?

fuimos por el camino de la costa we went along o took the coastal route

no vayas por ese lado, es más largo don't go that way, it's longer

a eso voy/vamos I'm/we're just coming o getting to that

¿dónde vas/va/van? (frente a una exageración) ( fam): ¿dónde vas con tanto pan? what are you doing with all that bread?

¿dejamos 500 de propina? — ¡dónde vas! con 100 hay de sobra shall we leave 500 as a tip? — you must be joking o kidding! 100 will be more than enough

¡eh, dónde vas! te dije un poquito steady on o easy! I said I wanted a little bit

ir a dar a un lugar: ¿quién sabe dónde fue a dar la pelota? who knows where the ball got to o went?

nos tomamos un tren equivocado y fuimos a dar a Maroñas we took the wrong train and ended up in Maroñas

ir a por algn ( Esp): ha ido a por su madre he's gone to get o fetch his mother, he's gone to pick his mother up

ten cuidado, que va a por ti watch out, he's out to get you o he's after you

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him

ir por or ( Esp) a por algo: voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread, I'm off to get some bread ( colloq)

no irla con algo ( RPl fam): no la voy con tanta liberalidad I don't hold with o I don't go along with all this liberalism

no me/le va ni me/le viene ( fam); I'm/he's not in the least bit bothered, I don't/he doesn't mind at all

allí donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

B (expresando propósito) ir A + INF:

¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?

ve a ayudarla go and help her

fue a ayudarla he went to help her

¿me irías a comprar el pan? would you go and buy the bread for me?

ver tb ir v aux Sense I.

C

irle a algn con algo: no le vayas con tus problemas don't bother him with your problems

a la maestra no le gusta que le vayan con chismes the teacher doesn't like people telling on each other o people coming to her with tales

D

1

(al arrojar algo, arrojarse): tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here it comes o there you go!

tírate del trampolín — bueno ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!

2 ( Juegos):

ahí van otros $2.000 there's another $2,000

¡no va más! no more bets!

ver tb no¹ (↑ no (1))

¡ahí va! ( Esp fam): ¡ahí va! me he olvidado el dinero oh no! I've forgotten the money

David ganó 20 millones en la lotería — ¡ahí va! David won 20 million in the lottery — wow o ( AmE) gee whiz! ( colloq)

E

«comentario»: no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly, I didn't mean it nastily

ten cuidado con él, que esta vez va en serio be careful, this time he's serious o he means business

ir POR algn:

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too o and the same goes for you o and I'm referring to you too

F (estar en juego) (+ me/te/le etc):

se puso como si le fuera la vida en ello she acted as if her life depended on it o was at stake

le va el trabajo en esto his job depends on this, his job is on the line

G ( fam)

(hablando de acciones imprevistas, sorprendentes): fue y le dio un puñetazo she went and o she upped and punched him

y la tonta va y se lo cree and like an idiot she believed him, and the idiot went and believed him ( BrE colloq)

fueron y se sentaron justo donde estaba recién pintado they went and sat down right where it had just been painted

Sentido II

A (+ complemento)

(sin énfasis en el movimiento): los caminantes iban cantando por el camino the walkers sang as they went along

¿van cómodos allí atrás? are you comfortable back there?

¿irán bien aquí los vasos? will the glasses be safe here?

ella iba dormida en el asiento de atrás she was asleep in the back seat

por lo menos íbamos sentados at least we were sitting down

el niño iba sentado en el manillar the child was sitting o riding on the handlebars

iba por la calle hablando solo he talked to himself as he walked along the street

vas que pareces un pordiosero you look like some sort of beggar

se notaba que iba con miedo you could see that she was afraid

el tren iba llenísimo the train was packed

déjame que te ayude que vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry, let me help you

el ciclista colombiano va a la cabeza the Colombian cyclist is in the lead

no vayas tan rápido, que te vas a equivocar don't do it o go so fast or you'll make a mistake

hay que ir con los ojos bien abiertos you have to keep your eyes open

va de chasco en chasco he's had one disappointment after another, he seems to lurch from one disappointment to another

B (refiriéndose al atuendo) ir DE algo:

iban de largo they wore long dresses

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula

iba de verde she was dressed in green, she was wearing green

C (en calidad de) ir DE algo to go (along) AS sth

yo fui de intérprete, porque él no habla inglés I went along as an interpreter, because he doesn't speak English

¿de qué vas, tía? ¿te crees que somos tontos o qué? ( Esp arg); hey, what are you playing at? do you think we're stupid or something?

va de guapo por la vida ( Esp arg); he really thinks he's something special, he really fancies himself ( BrE colloq)

D

( Esp fam) (tratar) ir DE algo: no me voy a presentar al examen, no sé ni de qué va I'm not going to sit the exam, I don't even know what it's on

¿de qué va la novela? what's the novel about?

Sentido III

A «camino» (llevar a) ir A algo; to lead TO sth, to go TO sth

el camino que va a la playa the road that goes down to o leads to the beach

B

(extenderse, abarcar): la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes o stretches from Madrid to Valencia

lo que hay que traducir va de la página 82 a la 90 the part to be translated starts on page 82 and ends on page 90, the part to be translated is from page 82 to page 90

el período que va desde la Edad Media hasta el Renacimiento the period from the Middle Ages to the Renaissance

estados de ánimo que van de la excitación desmedida a la abulia moods ranging from over-excitement to complete lethargy

Sentido IV

A

(marchar, desarrollarse): ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?

el negocio va de mal en peor the business is going from bad to worse

¿qué tal va la tesis? how's the thesis coming along o going?

¿cómo va el enfermo? how's the patient doing?

(+ me/te/le etc): ¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? ( colloq), what's up? ( AmE colloq)

¿cómo les fue en Italia? how did you get on in Italy?, how was Italy?

me fue mal en el examen the exam went badly, I did badly in the exam

¡adiós! ¡que te vaya bien! bye! all the best! o take care!

¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam, I hope the exam goes well

¿cómo le va con el novio? how's she getting on with her boyfriend?, how are things going between her and her boyfriend?

B

(en juegos, competiciones): ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1

voy ganando yo I'm ahead o I'm winning o I'm in the lead

ya va perdiendo casi $8.000 he's already lost almost $8,000

C (en el desarrollo de algo) ir POR algo:

¿por dónde van en el programa de historia? how far have you got in the history syllabus?, where have you got (up) to in history?

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?

estoy por terminar, ya voy por las mangas I've nearly finished, I'm just doing the sleeves now

D (estar en camino) ir PARA algo:

¿qué quieres? ¡vamos para viejos! what do you expect? we're getting on! o we're getting old!

ya va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty, she's not far off fifty

ya va para dos años que no lo veo it's getting on for two years since I last saw him

iba para médico he was going to be a doctor

E

(sumar, hacer): ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you

¿cuántos has leído? — con éste van seis how many have you read? — six, counting this one o six, including this one o this one makes six o this is the sixth one

ya van tres pasteles que se come that makes three cakes he's eaten now

F

(haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or ( Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month

G

(haber una diferencia): de tres a ocho van cinco eight minus three is five

¡lo que va de un hermano a otro! ( fam); it's amazing the difference between the two brothers! ( colloq)

H (CS) (depender, radicar) ir EN algo; to depend ON sth

no sé en qué irá I don't know what it depends on

eso va en gustos that's a question of taste

Sentido V

A

1 (deber colocarse) to go

¿sabes dónde va esta pieza? do you know where this piece goes?

¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?

¡qué va! ( fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! todavía tengo para rato have you finished? — you must be joking! I still have a while to go yet

¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! todo lo contrario did she get upset? — not at all! quite the opposite in fact

vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! ¡si hay tiempo de sobra! we're going to miss the plane — nonsense! we have more than enough time

2

(deber escribirse): ¿va con mayúscula? is it written with a capital letter?

¿va con acento? does it have an accent?

3

( RPl) (estar incluido): todo esto va para el examen all of this will be included in the exam

B

1 (combinar) ir CON algo to go WITH sth

esos zapatos no van (bien) con esa falda those shoes don't go with that skirt

2 (sentar, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you

te irá bien una semanita de vacaciones a week's vacation will do you good

3

ir en contra de algo to go against sth

esto va en contra de sus principios this goes against her principles

C

( Esp arg) (gustar) (+ me/te/le etc): a mí esa música no me va that music does nothing for me o leaves me cold

marcha f H. (↑ marcha)

D ( Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle A algo/algn; to support sth/sb

mucha gente le va al equipo peruano a lot of people support o are backing o are rooting for the Peruvian team

Sentido VI vamos

A

1

(expresando incredulidad, fastidio): ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

¿cómo que le vas a ganar? ¡vamos! what do you mean you're going to beat him? come off it!

2

(intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa): vamos, mujer, dile algo, no seas vergonzosa go on, say something to him, don't be shy

¡vamos! ¡ánimo, que falta poco! come on! keep going! it's not far now!

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!

¡vamos, vamos! ¡circulen! OK o come on, move along now please!

dar el vamos a algo ( Chi); to inaugurate sth

desde el vamos ( RPl fam); from the word go

3

(al aclarar, resumir): eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, at least that's what I think anyway

podrías haberte disculpado, vamos, no habría sido mucho pedir you could have apologized, I mean that's not much to ask

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy

es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway

B vaya

1

(expresando sorpresa, contrariedad): ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?, well! fancy seeing you here! ( BrE)

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no! it's fallen over again!

¡vaya! nos quedamos sin saber cómo termina la película damn! now we won't know how the film ends ( colloq)

2

(para enfatizar): ¡vaya cochazo se ha comprado! that's some car he's bought himself!

¡vaya contigo! ¡no hay manera de hablarte! what on earth's the matter with you? you're so touchy!

¿vaya día! what a day!

¡vaya película me has traído a ver! ( iró); this is a really great movie you've brought me to see ( iro)

¡vaya si le voy a decir lo que pienso! you bet I'm going to tell him what I think!

¡vaya (que) si la conozco! you bet I know her!

3

(al aclarar, resumir): tampoco es tan torpe, vaya, los hay peores he isn't totally stupid, well, I mean there are plenty worse

■

v aux

Sentido I ir A + INF

A

1

(para expresar tiempo futuro): ¡te vas a caer! you're going to fall!

a este paso no van a terminar nunca they'll never finish at this rate

el barco va a zarpar the boat's about to set sail

dijo que lo iba a pensar she said she was going to think it over

ya van a ser las cuatro it's almost o nearly four o'clock

va a hacer dos años que no nos vemos we haven't seen each other for nearly two years, it's getting on for two years since we saw each other

esto no te va a gustar you're not going to like this

no te preocupes, ya se va a solucionar don't worry, it'll sort itself out

tenía miedo de que se fuera a olvidar I was afraid he'd forget

2

(expresando intención, propósito): se lo voy a decir I'm going to tell him

lo voy a conseguir, sea como sea I'll get it one way or another

me voy a tomar unos días libres en abril I'm going to take a few days off in April

vamos a ir a verla esta tarde we're going to go and see her this evening

3

(en propuestas, sugerencias): vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?

siéntate, vamos a discutir el asunto have a seat and let's discuss the matter

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work

B

(al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones): que no se te vaya a escapar delante de ella make sure you don't blurt it out in front of her

ten cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall ( colloq), be careful or you'll fall

lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella in case it rains

C

(expresando inevitabilidad): ¡qué voy a hacer! what else can I do?

¡qué le iba a decir! what else could I tell her?

¿qué iba a pensar el pobre hombre? what was the poor man supposed o meant to think?

¿seguro que fue ella? — ¿quién iba a ser si no? are you sure it was her? — who else could it have been?

D

(expresando incredulidad): ¡no irás a darle la razón a él! surely you're not going to say he was right!

está muy deprimida — ¿no irá a hacer alguna tontería? she's really depressed — you don't think she'll go and do something stupid, do you?

E

1

(en afirmaciones enfáticas): ¿te acuerdas de él? — ¡no me voy a acordar! do you remember him — of course I do o how could I forget?

2

(al contradecir): ¿dormiste bien? — ¡qué voy a dormir! did you sleep well?— how could I?

¡cómo iba a saberlo, si nadie me dijo nada! how was I supposed to know? no one told me anything

¿por qué lo voy a ayudar? ¡si él a mí nunca me ayuda! why should I help him? he never helps me!

Sentido II (expresando un proceso paulatino) ir + GER:

poco a poco va a ir aprendiendo she'll learn little by little

a medida que va subiendo el nivel del agua as the water level rises

ha ido cambiando con el tiempo he's changed as time has passed

tú puedes ir pelando las cebollas you could start peeling the onions

ahora les toca a ustedes, vayan preparándose it's your turn now, so start getting ready

como te iba diciendo as I was saying

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you can start o you'd better start getting used to the idea, you'd better get used to the idea

la voz parecía irse alejando cada vez más the voice seemed to grow more and more distant

la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse

■ irse

v pron

A

(marcharse): ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?

vámonos, que se hace tarde let's go, it's getting late

bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off ( AmE) o ( BrE) I'm off

el tren ya se ha ido the train's already gone

se quiere ir a vivir a Escocia she wants to go (off) and live in Scotland

se han ido todos a la plaza everybody's gone down to the square

vete a la cama go to bed

se fue de casa she left home

vete de aquí get out of here

se ha ido de la empresa she's left the company

se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away

anda, vete por ahí ( fam); get lost! ( colloq)

(+ me/te/le etc): la mayor se nos ha ido a vivir a Florida our eldest daughter's gone (off) to live in Florida

no te me vayas, quiero hablar contigo ( fam); don't run away, I want to talk to you ( colloq)

B

(consumirse, gastarse): ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!, the money just disappears!, we get through money so quickly

(+ me/te/le etc): se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent

se nos ha ido el día en tonterías we've spent o wasted the whole day messing around

¿te das cuenta de lo rápido que se nos ha ido la tarde? hasn't the evening gone quickly?

C (desaparecer) «mancha/dolor» to go

se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off

(+ me/te/le etc): no se me va el mareo I'm still feeling queasy

¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

D (salirse, escaparse) «líquido/gas» to escape

(+ me/te/le etc): se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

que no se te vaya la leche por el fuego don't let the milk boil over

tápalo para que no se le vaya la fuerza put the top on so that the fizz doesn't go out of it o so that it doesn't lose its fizz

cuando empezó la música se me iban los pies once the music began I couldn't stop my feet tapping o I couldn't keep my feet still

lengua, mano¹ (↑ mano (1))

E ( euf) (morirse) to slip away ( euph)

creo que se nos va I think he's slipping away, I think we're losing him

F (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):

irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back

me daba la impresión de que me iba para atrás I felt as if I was falling backwards

frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards

G (andarse, actuar) (+ compl):

vete con cuidado/tacto be careful/tactful

H

1 (CS) (en naipes) to go out

2

( RPl) (en una asignatura) tb irse a examen to have to take an exam

I ( Col) «medias» to run

* * *

ir ( conjugate ir) verbo intransitivo
1
a) (trasladarse, desplazarse) to go;

◊ ir en taxi to go by taxi;

iban a caballo/a pie they were on horseback/on foot;
ir por mar to go by sea;
¡Fernando! — ¡voy! Fernando! — (just) coming! o I'll be right there!;
el ir y venir de los invitados the coming and going of the guests;
vamos a casa let's go home;
¿adónde va este tren? where's this train going (to)?;
ir de compras/de caza to go shopping/hunting;
ya vamos para allá we're on our way;
¿por dónde se va a …? how do you get to …?;
ir por or (Esp) a por algo/algn to go to get sth/sb;
voy (a) por pan I'm going to get some bread
b) ( asistir) to go to;

◊ voy a clases nocturnas I go to evening classes;

ya va al colegio she's already at school
2 ( expresando propósito) ir a + inf:
◊ ¿has ido a verla? have you been to see her?;

ve a ayudarla go and help her;
ver tb ir v aux 1
3 (al arrojar algo, arrojarse):
◊ tírame la llave — ¡allá va! throw me the key — here you are o there you go!;

tírate del trampolín — ¡allá voy! jump off the board! — here I go/come!
4 [ comentario]:
◊ no iba con mala intención it wasn't meant unkindly;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too, and the same goes for you
1 (+ compl) ( sin énfasis en el movimiento):
◊ iban cantando por el camino they sang as they went along;

¿van cómodos? are you comfortable?;
íbamos sentados we were sitting down;
vas muy cargada you have a lot to carry;
yo iba a la cabeza I was in the lead
2 ( refiriéndose al atuendo):
◊ iban de largo they wore long dresses;

voy a ir de Drácula I'm going to go as Dracula;
iba de verde she was dressed in green
3 ( en calidad de) ir de algo to go (along) as sth;
◊ yo fui de intérprete I went along as interpreter

1 [camino/sendero] ( llevar) ir a algo to lead to sth, to go to sth
2 (extenderse, abarcar):
◊ la autopista va desde Madrid hasta Valencia the highway goes from Madrid to Valencia;

el período que va desde … hasta … the period from … to …
1 (marchar, desarrollarse):
◊ ¿cómo va el nuevo trabajo? how's the new job going?;

va de mal en peor it's going from bad to worse;
¿cómo te va? how's it going?, how are things? (colloq), what's up? (AmE colloq);
¿cómo les fue en Italia? how was Italy?, how did you get on in Italy?;
me fue mal/bien en el examen I did badly/well in the exam;
¡que te vaya bien! all the best!, take care!;
¡que te vaya bien (en) el examen! good luck in the exam
2 ( en competiciones):
◊ ¿cómo van? — 3-1 what's the score? — 3-1;

voy ganando yo I'm ahead, I'm winning
3 ( en el desarrollo de algo):
◊ ¿por dónde van en historia? where have you got (up) to in history?;

¿todavía vas por la página 20? are you still on page 20?
4 ( estar en camino):
◊ ¡vamos para viejos! we're getting on o old!;

va para los cincuenta she's going on fifty;
ya va para dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
5 (sumar, hacer):
◊ ya van tres veces que te lo digo this is the third time I've told you;

con este van seis six, counting this one
6 ( haber transcurrido): en lo que va del or (Esp) de año/mes so far this year/month
1 ( deber colocarse) to go;
◊ ¿dónde van las toallas? where do the towels go?;

¡qué va! (fam): ¿has terminado? — ¡qué va! have you finished? — you must be joking!;
¿se disgustó? — ¡qué va! did she get upset? — not at all!;
vamos a perder el avión — ¡qué va! we're going to miss the plane — no way!
2
a) ( combinar) ir con algo to go with sth

b) (sentar bien, convenir) (+ me/te/le etc):

◊ el negro no te va bien black doesn't suit you;

te irá bien un descanso a rest will do you good
3 (Méx) (tomar partido por, apoyar) irle a algo/algn to support sth/sb;
◊ le va al equipo peruano he supports the Peruvian team

1
◊ vamos

a) (expresando incredulidad, fastidio):

◊ ¡vamos! ¿eso quién se lo va a creer? come off it o come on! who do you think's going to believe that?

b) (intentando tranquilizar, animar, dar prisa):

◊ vamos, mujer, dile algo go on, say something to him;

¡vamos, date prisa! come on, hurry up!
c) (al aclarar, resumir):

◊ eso sería un disparate, vamos, digo yo that would be a stupid thing to do, well, that's what I think anyway;

vamos, que no es una persona de fiar basically, he's not very trustworthy;
es mejor que el otro, vamos it's better than the other one, anyway
2
◊ vaya

a) (expresando sorpresa, contrariedad):

◊ ¡vaya! ¡tú por aquí! what a surprise! what are you doing here?;

¡vaya! ¡se ha vuelto a caer! oh no o (colloq) damn! it's fallen over again!
b) (Esp) ( para enfatizar):

◊ ¡vaya cochazo! what a car!

ir v aux ir a + inf:
1
a) (para expresar tiempo futuro, propósito) to be going to + inf;

◊ voy a estudiar medicina I'm going to study medicine;

va a hacer dos años que … it's getting on for two years since …
b) (en propuestas, sugerencias):

◊ vamos a ver ¿cómo dices que te llamas? now then, what did you say your name was?;

bueno, vamos a trabajar all right, let's get to work
2 (al prevenir, hacer recomendaciones):
◊ que no se te vaya a caer make sure you don't drop it;

cuidado, no te vayas a caer mind you don't fall (colloq);
lleva el paraguas, no vaya a ser que llueva take the umbrella, in case it rains
3 ( expresando un proceso paulatino):
◊ poco a poco irá aprendiendo she'll learn little by little;

ya puedes ir haciéndote a la idea you'd better get used to the idea;
la situación ha ido empeorando the situation has been getting worse and worse
irse verbo pronominal
1 ( marcharse) to leave;
◊ ¿por qué te vas tan temprano? why are you leaving o going so soon?;

vámonos let's go;
bueno, me voy right then, I'm taking off (AmE) o (BrE) I'm off;
no te vayas don't go;
vete a la cama go to bed;
se fue de casa/de la empresa she left home/the company;
vete de aquí get out of here;
se han ido de viaje they're away, they've gone away
2 (consumirse, gastarse):
◊ ¡cómo se va el dinero! I don't know where the money goes!;

se me va medio sueldo en el alquiler half my salary goes on the rent
3 ( desaparecer) [mancha/dolor] to go;
◊ se ha ido la luz the electricity's gone off;

(+ me/te/le etc)
◊ ¿se te ha ido el dolor de cabeza? has your headache gone?

4 (salirse, escaparse) [líquido/gas] to escape;
◊ se le está yendo el aire al globo the balloon's losing air o going down

5 (caerse, perder el equilibrio) (+ compl):
◊ irse de boca/espaldas to fall flat on one's face/back;

me iba para atrás I was falling backwards;
frenó y nos fuimos todos para adelante he braked and we all went flying forwards
ir
I verbo intransitivo
1 (dirigirse a un lugar) to go: ¡vamos!, let's go!
voy a París, I'm going to Paris ➣ Ver nota en go
2 (acudir regularmente) to go: va al colegio, he goes to school
van a misa, they go to church
3 (conducir a) to lead, go to: el sendero va a la mina, the path goes to the mine
esta carretera va a Londres, this road leads to London
4 (abarcar) to cover: la finca va desde la alambrada al camino, the estate extends from the wire fence to the path
las lecciones que van desde la página 1 a la 53, the lessons on pages 1 to 53
5 (guardarse habitualmente) va al lado de éste, it goes beside this one
6 (mantener una posición) to be: va el primero, he's in first place
7 (tener un estado de ánimo, una apariencia) to be: iba furioso/radiante, he was furious/radiant
vas muy guapa, you look very smart o pretty
8 (desenvolverse) ¿cómo te va?, how are things? o how are you doing?
¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo?, how are you getting on in your new job?
9 (funcionar) to work (properly): el reloj no va, the clock doesn't go o work
10 (sentar bien) to suit: ese corte de pelo no te va nada, that haircut doesn't suit you at all
11 (combinar) to match, go: el rojo no va con el celeste, red doesn't go with pale blue
12 (vestir) to wear
ir con abrigo, to wear a coat
ir de negro/de uniforme, to be dressed in black/in uniform
la niña irá de enfermera, the little girl will dress up as a nurse
13 fam (importar, concernir) to concern: eso va por ti también, and the same goes for you
ni me va ni me viene, I don't care one way or the other
14 (apostar) to bet: va un café a que no viene, I bet a coffee that he won't come
15 (ir + de) fam (comportarse de cierto modo) to act
ir de listo por la vida, to be a smart ass
(tratar) to be about: ¿de qué va la película?, what's the film about?
16 (ir + detrás de) to be looking for: hace tiempo que voy detrás de un facsímil de esa edición, I've been after a facsimile of that edition for a long time
17 (ir + por) ir por la derecha, to keep (to the) right
(ir a buscar) ve por agua, go and fetch some water
(haber llegado) voy por la página noventa, I've got as far as page ninety
18 (ir + para) (tener casi, estar cercano a) va para los cuarenta, she's getting on for forty
ya voy para viejo, I'm getting old
(encaminarse a) iba para ingeniero, she was studying to be an engineer
este niño va para médico, this boy's going to become a doctor
II verbo auxiliar
1 (ir + gerundio) va mejorando, he's improving
ir caminando, to go on foot
2 (ir + pp) ya van estrenadas tres películas de Almodóvar, three films by Almodovar have already been released
3 ( ir a + infinitivo) iba a decir que, I was going to say that
va a esquiar, she goes skiing
va a nevar, it's going to snow
vas a caerte, you'll fall
♦ Locuciones: a eso iba, I was coming to that
¡ahí va!, catch!
en lo que va de año, so far this year
¡qué va!, of course not! o nothing of the sort!
¡vamos a ver!, let's see!
van a lo suyo, they look after their own interests
¡vaya!, fancy that
¡vaya cochazo!, what a car!
ir a parar, to end up
'ir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- acudir
- andurriales
- ánimo
- antojarse
- avión
- avivar
- bajar
- bordear
- brazo
- busca
- caer
- calcular
- camino
- caza
- cien
- cine
- coche
- compra
- comprensible
- convenir
- correr
- corriente
- danzar
- deformación
- deriva
- descaminada
- descaminado
- descender
- desgracia
- deteriorarse
- disposición
- empecinada
- empecinado
- encaminada
- encaminado
- entrar
- excursión
- flojear
- funesta
- funesto
- gaita
- gatas
- grano
- gratis
- gustar
- haber
- huevo
- idea
- ilusión
English:
afford
- after
- ahead
- appealing
- back
- back up
- be
- beeline
- bluster
- bristle
- camping
- canter
- career
- catch
- charge off
- chase
- check off
- clean up after
- cling
- coast
- collapse
- come
- come to
- commute
- consider
- court
- cross
- cross-country
- crowd
- cycle
- cycling
- defensive
- delay
- dentist
- deserve
- detest
- die off
- dismiss
- do
- down
- downhill
- drag
- drift
- ease off
- ease up
- either
- even
- excursion
- exercise
- face

* * *

ir

♦ vi

1. [desplazarse, dirigirse, acudir] to go;

fuimos a caballo we went on horseback, we rode there;

iremos andando we'll go on foot, we'll walk there;

ir en autobús to go by bus, to take the bus;

ir en automóvil to go by car, to drive;

ir en taxi to go by taxi, to catch o take a taxi;

ir en barco to go by boat;

ir en avión to go by plane, to fly;

ir por carretera/mar to go by road/sea;

ir a casa/a la iglesia/al cine to go home/to church/to the cinema;

ir a la escuela/al trabajo to go to school/work;

los niños no tienen que ir a clase hoy children don't have to go to school today;

me voy a clase, nos veremos luego I'm going to my lecture, see you later;

ir de compras/de pesca to go shopping/fishing;

ir de vacaciones to go on Br holiday o US vacation;

ir hacia el sur/norte to go south/north;

¿adónde va este autocar? where's this coach going?;

este tren va a o [m5] para Guadalajara this train is going to Guadalajara, this is the Guadalajara train;

todas las mañanas voy de la estación a o [m5] hasta la fábrica every morning I go from the station to the factory;

¿para dónde vas? where are you heading (for)?;

ahora mismo voy para allá I'm on my way there right now;

¿por dónde o [m5] cómo se va a la playa? how do you get to the beach from here?, could you tell me the way to the beach?;

no vayas por ahí que hay mucho barro don't go that way, it's muddy;

¿eres alumno oficial? – no, sólo voy de oyente are you an official student? – no, I'm just sitting in on classes;

fue a la zona como emisario de la ONU he travelled to the area on behalf of the UN;

¡ahí o [m5] allá va! [al lanzar una cosa] there you go;

ahí va el informe que me pediste here's the report you asked for;

¡allá voy! [al lanzarse uno mismo] here goes!, here we go!;
Anticuado
¿quién va? who goes there?;

¡Sergio, te llaman por teléfono! – ¡voy! Sergio, there's a phone call for you! – (I'm) coming!;

¡ya voy!, ¡ya va! [cuando llaman a la puerta] (I'm) coming!;

ir a alguien con algo [contar] to go to sb with sth;

todos le van con sus problemas everyone goes to her with their problems;

el autocar se salió de la calzada y fue a dar o [m5] a parar a un lago the coach came off the road and ended up in a lake;

estuvimos de paseo y fuimos a dar a una bonita plaza we were out walking when we came across a beautiful square;
Fam Fig
¿dónde vas con tantos aperitivos? luego no podremos con la comida steady on with the snacks or we won't be able to manage our dinner!;
Fam Fig
les habrá costado unas 100.000 – ¡dónde vas! mucho menos, hombre it must have cost them about 100,000 – what are you talking about, it was much less!;

Prov

(allá) donde fueres haz lo que vieres when in Rome, do as the Romans do

2. [conducir] [camino, calle, carretera] to lead, to go;

esta es la calle que va al museo this is the road (that leads o goes) to the museum;

esta calle va a dar al puerto this road leads to the harbour;

el camino va desde el pueblo hasta la cima de la montaña the path leads o goes from the village to the top of the mountain

3. [abarcar]
la zona de fumadores va del asiento 24 al 28 the smoking area is between seats 24 and 28;

el examen de arte va desde el Barroco hasta el Romanticismo the art exam will cover the Baroque period to the Romantic period;

la mancha iba de un lado a otro del techo the stain stretched from one side of the ceiling to the other;

las películas seleccionadas van desde la comedia urbana hasta el clásico western the films that have been selected range from urban comedies to classic westerns

4. Esp [buscar]
ir (a) por algo/alguien to go and get sth/sb, to go and fetch sth/sb;

fui (a) por él al aeropuerto I went to meet him at the airport, I went to pick him up from the airport;

ha ido (a) por leche a la tienda she's gone to the shop to get o for some milk;

el perro fue a por él the dog went for him;

tendrás que esconderte porque van a por ti you'll have to hide because they're (coming) after you;

a eso voy/iba [al relatar] I am/was just getting to that

5. [expresa estado, situación, posición]
fue muy callada todo el camino she was very quiet throughout the journey;

con esta bufanda irás calentito this scarf will keep you warm;

el precio va impreso en la contraportada the price is printed on the back cover;

la manivela va floja the crank is loose;

iba tiritando de frío she was shivering with cold;

ir a lo suyo to look out for oneself, to look after number one;

iba en el tren pensando en sus cosas she was travelling on the train lost in thought;

los niños iban armando jaleo en el asiento de atrás the children were kicking up a row in the back seat;

ve con cuidado, es un barrio peligroso be careful, it's a dangerous area;

tu caballo va tercero/en cabeza your horse is third/in the lead

6. [expresa apoyo o rechazo]
ir con to support;

voy con el Real Madrid I support Real Madrid;

ir contra algo, ir en contra de algo to be opposed to sth, to be against sth;

ir en contra de la violencia to be opposed to violence, to be against violence;

esta ley va contra la Constitución this act goes against o contravenes the Constitution;

ir en beneficio de alguien to be to sb's benefit, to be in sb's interest;

ir en perjuicio de alguien to be detrimental to o against sb's interests

7. [vestir]
ir con/en to wear;

iba en camisa y corbata he was wearing a shirt and tie;

aquí la gente va con o [m5] en bañador a todas partes people here go around in their swimsuits;

ir de azul to be dressed in blue;

ir de uniforme to be in uniform;

iré (disfrazado) de Superman a la fiesta I'm going to the party (dressed up) as Superman;

iba hecho un pordiosero he looked like a beggar

8. [marchar, evolucionar] to go;

le va bien en su nuevo trabajo things are going well for him in his new job;

el niño va muy bien en la escuela the child's doing very well at school;

¿cómo va el negocio? how's business?;

su negocio va mal, el negocio le va mal his business is going badly;

¿cómo te va? how are you doing?;

¿cómo te va en la universidad? how's university?, how are you getting on at university?;

¿cómo van? [en partido] what's the score?;
[en carrera, juego] who's winning?;
van empate a cero it's Br nil-nil o US zero-zero;

vamos perdiendo we're losing;

¿qué tal te va con tus nuevos alumnos? how are you getting on with your new pupils?;

¿qué tal va esa paella? how's that paella coming along?;

¡hasta pronto! ¡que te vaya bien! see you later, take care!;

¡que te vaya muy bien con el nuevo empleo! I hope things go well for you in your new job!, the best of luck with your new job!

9. [cambiar, encaminarse]
ir a mejor/peor to get better/worse;

el partido fue a más en la segunda parte the game improved o got better in the second half;

como sigamos así, vamos a la ruina if we carry on like this we'll be heading for disaster;

voy para viejo I'm getting old;

esta chica va para cantante this girl has all the makings of a singer;

va para un mes que no llueve it's getting on for o almost a month now since it last rained

10. [alcanzar]
va por el cuarto vaso de vino he's already on his fourth glass of wine;

vamos por la mitad de la asignatura we've covered about half the subject;

¿por qué parte de la novela vas? which bit in the novel are you at?;

aún voy por el primer capítulo I'm still on the first chapter

11. [expresa cantidades, diferencias]
con éste van cinco ministros destituidos por el escándalo that makes five ministers who have now lost their job as a result of the scandal;

ya van dos veces que me tuerzo el tobillo that's the second time I've twisted my ankle;

van varios días que no lo veo it's several days since I (last) saw him;

en lo que va del o Esp [m5] de mes he ido tres veces al médico so far this month I've been to the doctor three times, I've already been to the doctor three times this month;

de dos a cinco van tres the difference between two and five is three;

va mucho de un apartamento a una casa there's a big difference between Br a flat o US an apartment and a house

12. [corresponder] to go;

estas tazas van con estos platos these cups go with these saucers;

¿con qué clase de tornillos va esta tuerca? what sort of screw does this nut take?

13. [colocarse] to go, to belong;

esto no va ahí that doesn't go o belong there;

¿en qué cajón van los calcetines? which drawer do the socks go in?

14. [escribirse]
“Edimburgo” va con “m” “Edimburgo” is written o spelt with an “m”;

toda la oración va entre paréntesis the whole sentence goes in brackets;

el “solo” adjetivo no va con acento “solo” doesn't have an accent when used as an adjective

15. [sentar] [ropa]
irle (bien) a alguien to suit sb;

¡qué bien te van los abrigos largos! long coats really suit you!;

ir con algo to go with sth;

esta camisa no va con esa falda this shirt doesn't go with this skirt

16. [sentar] [vacaciones, tratamiento]
irle bien a alguien to do sb good;

esa infusión me ha ido muy bien that herbal tea did me a lot of good

17. [funcionar] to work;

la televisión no va the television isn't working;

una radio que va a o [m5] con pilas a radio that uses batteries, a battery-powered radio;

estas impresoras antiguas van muy lentas these old printers are very slow

18. [depender]
en aquel negocio le iba su futuro como director de la empresa his future as manager of the company depended on that deal;

todos corrieron como si les fuera la vida en ello everyone ran as if their life depended on it;

esto de la ropa va en gustos clothes are a matter of taste;
CSur
¿es fácil aprobar? – va en el profesor is it easy to pass? – it depends on the teacher

19. [comentario, indirecta]
ir con o [m5] por alguien to be meant for sb, to be aimed at sb;

y eso va por ti también and that goes for you too;

hizo como si no fuera con él he acted as if he didn't realize she was referring to him;

lo que digo va por todos what I'm saying applies to o goes for all of you;

va o [m5]voy en serio, no me gustan estas bromas I'm serious, I don't like this sort of joke

20. Esp Fam [gustar]
no me va el pop I'm not a big fan of pop music;

a mí lo que me va es la cocina I'm really into cooking;

ni me va ni me viene I don't care one way or the other

21. Fam [costar]
ir a to be, to cost;

¿a cómo o [m5] cuánto va el kilo de tomates? how much is a kilo of tomatoes?

22. Esp Fam [tratar] [conferencia, película, novela]
ir de to be about;

¿de qué va “1984”? what's “1984” about?

23. Fam Esp
ir de, RP [m5] irla de [dárselas] [persona] to think oneself;
Esp
va de inteligente, RP [m5] la va de inteligente he thinks he's clever;
Esp
¿de qué vas?, RP [m5]¿de qué la vas? just who do you think you are?

24. Fam [apostarse]
¿va una cerveza a que llevo razón? I bet you a beer I'm right

25. [en frases] Fam
fue y dijo que… he went and said that…;

y de repente va y se echa a reír and suddenly she just goes and bursts out laughing;
Fam
fue y se marchó sin mediar palabra she upped and went without a word;
Fam
¡ahí va! ¡qué paisaje tan bonito! wow, what beautiful scenery!;
Fam
¡ahí va! me he dejado el paraguas en casa oh no, I've left my umbrella at home!;

¡qué va! [por supuesto que no] not in the least!, not at all!;
[me temo que no] I'm afraid not; [no digas tonterías] don't be ridiculous!;
¡no va más! [en el casino] no more bets!;

Comp
Esp
ser el no va más to be the ultimate;

este gimnasio es el no va más this gym is the ultimate;

Comp
RP Fam
desde el vamos [desde el principio] from the word go;

me cayó mal desde el vamos I didn't like him from the word go;

Comp
Fam
¡dónde va a parar! there's no comparison!;

Comp

sin ir más lejos: tu madre, sin ir más lejos we need look no further than your mother;

sin ir más lejos, nos vimos ayer we saw each other only yesterday

♦ v aux

1. [con gerundio] [expresa acción lenta o gradual]
ir haciendo algo to be (gradually) doing sth;

va anocheciendo it's getting dark;

me voy haciendo viejo I'm getting old;

voy mejorando mi estilo I'm gradually improving my style;

su cine ha ido mejorando últimamente her movies o Br films have been getting better recently;

fui metiendo las cajas en el almacén I began putting the crates in the warehouse;

iremos aprendiendo de nuestros errores we'll learn from our mistakes;

ve deshaciendo las maletas mientras preparo la cena you can be unpacking the suitcases while I get dinner;

vete haciéndote a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea;

como iba diciendo… as I was saying…

2. [con a + infinitivo] [expresa acción próxima, intención, situación futura]
ir a hacer algo to be going to do sth;

voy a hacerle una visita [ahora mismo] I'm about to go and visit him;
[en un futuro próximo] I'm going to visit him;
iré a echarte una mano en cuanto pueda I'll come along and give you a hand as soon as I can;

¡vamos a comer, tengo hambre! let's have lunch, I'm hungry!;

el tren con destino a Buenos Aires va a efectuar su salida en el andén 3 the train for Buenos Aires is about to depart from platform 3;

van a dar las dos it is nearly two o'clock;

va a hacer una semana que se fue it's coming up to o nearly a week since she left;

voy a decírselo a tu padre I'm going to tell your father;

¿no irás a salir así a la calle? surely you're not going to go out like that?;

he ido a comprar pero ya habían cerrado I had intended to go shopping, but they were shut;

te voy a echar de menos I'm going to miss you;

vas a hacerte daño como no tengas cuidado you'll hurt yourself if you're not careful;

todo va a arreglarse, ya verás it'll all sort itself out, you'll see;

¿qué van a pensar los vecinos? what will the neighbours think?;

no le quise decir nada, no fuera a enfadarse conmigo I didn't want to say anything in case she got angry with me

3. [con a + infinitivo] [en exclamaciones que expresan consecuencia lógica, negación]
¿qué voy a pensar si llevas tres días fuera de casa? what do you expect me to think if you don't come home for three days?;

¿la del sombrero es tu hermana? – ¿quién va a ser? ¡pues claro! is the woman with the hat your sister? – of course she is, who else could she be?;

y ¿dónde fuiste? – ¿dónde iba a ir? ¡a la policía! and where did you go? – where do you think? to the police, of course!;

¡cómo voy a concentrarme con tanto ruido! how am I supposed to concentrate with all that noise?;

¡cómo voy a pagarte si estoy sin dinero! how do you expect me to pay you if I haven't got any money?;

¡cómo no me voy a reír con las cosas que dices! how can I fail to laugh o how can you expect me not to laugh when you say things like that!;

¿te ha gustado? – ¡qué me va a gustar! did you like it? – like it? you must be joking!

♦ vt
Méx
irle a to support;

le va al Nexaca he supports Nexaca

♦ See also the pronominal verb irse

* * *

ir

<part ido>

I v/i

1 go (a to);

ir a pie walk, go on foot;

ir en avión fly;

ir en coche/en tren go by car/train;

ir a por algo go and fetch sth;

¡ya voy! I’m coming!;

¿quién va? who goes there?

2 ( vestir)

:

iba de amarillo/de uniforme she was wearing yellow/a uniform

3

:

van dos a dos DEP the score is two all

4 ( tratar)

:

¿de qué va la película? what’s the movie about?;

el libro va de vampiros the book’s about vampires

5 ( agradar)

:

el clima no me va the climate doesn’t suit me, I don’t like the climate;

ella no me va she’s not my kind of person;

no me va ni me viene I’m not bothered, I don’t care one way or the other

6 ( marchar, evolucionar) go;

ir bien/mal go well/badly

7 ( abarcar)

:

va de la página 12 a la 16 it goes from page 12 to page 16

8

:

¡qué va! you must be joking!;

¡vamos! come on!;

¡vaya! well!;

¿ha dicho eso? – ¡vamos! he said that? – no way!;

¡vaya una sorpresa! irón what a surprise!;

a eso voy I’m just getting to that;

eso va por ti también that goes for you too

II v/aux

1 con referencia al futuro

:

va a llover it’s going to rain;

va para abogado he’s going to be a lawyer

2 expresando proceso

:

ya voy comprendiendo I’m beginning to understand;

ir para viejo be getting old;

ya va anocheciendo it’s getting dark

3 con referencia al pasado

:

ya va para dos años it’s been almost two years now;

van tirados 3.000 3,000 have been printed

* * *

ir {43} vi

1) : to go

ir a pie: to go on foot, to walk

ir a caballo: to ride horseback

ir a casa: to go home

2) : to lead, to extend, to stretch

el camino va de Cali a Bogotá: the road goes from Cali to Bogotá

3) funcionar: to work, to function

esta computadora ya no va: this computer doesn't work anymore

4) : to get on, to get along

¿cómo te va?: how are you?, how's it going?

el negocio no va bien: the business isn't doing well

5) : to suit

ese vestido te va bien: that dress really suits you

6)

ir con : to be

ir con prisa: to be in a hurry

7)

ir por : to follow, to go along

fueron por la costa: they followed the shoreline

8)

dejarse ir : to let oneself go

9)

ir a parar : to end up

10)

vamos a ver : let's see

ir v aux

1) (with present participle)

ir caminando: to walk

¡voy corriendo!: I'll be right there!

2)

ir a : to be going to

voy a hacerlo: I'm going to do it

el avión va a despegar: the plane is about to take off

♦ See also the reflexive verb irse

* * *

ir vb

1. (en general) to go [pt. went; pp. gone]

¿adónde vas? where are you going?

fuimos a Madrid en tren we went to Madrid by train

no puedo ir a la fiesta I can't go to the party

ha ido a recoger a su hermano she's gone to pick her brother up

2. (marchar) to be / to get on / to go

¿cómo te va? how are you? / how's it going? / how are things?

¿cómo te va en el nuevo trabajo? how are you getting on in your new job?

¿cómo te fue en el examen? how did your exam go? / how did you get on in your exam?

3. (estar) to be

iba de broma I was joking

va en serio he's serious

mi reloj va atrasado my watch is slow

vas demasiado elegante you're too dressed up

4. (sentar bien) to suit

ese peinado te va muy bien that hairstyle really suits you

5. (gustar) to like / to be into

no me va la música rap I don't like rap music

6. (convenir) to do

te irá bien descansar un poco it'll do you good to get some rest

7. (funcionar) to work

el ascensor no va the lift's not working

ir + a + infinitivo to be going to do something

voy a decírselo I'm going to tell him

te iba a llamar I was going to phone you

ir + gerundio

vas mejorando you're getting better

va anocheciendo it's getting dark

¡vamos caminando! let's walk!

fuimos corriendo we ran

a ti ni te va ni te viene that's nothing to do with you

¿cómo van? (en un partido) what's the score?

ir a parar to end up

fue a parar a la cárcel he ended up in prison

ir con to go with / to match

esa blusa no va con ese pantalón that blouse doesn't go with those trousers

ir de (persona) to wear [pt. wore; pp. worn] (libro, película) to be about

va de uniforme he's wearing a uniform

la que va de negro the one in black

¿de qué va la película? what's the film about?

ir por to go and get

voy por el coche I'm going to get the car

ve por los niños go and get the children

ir tirando to get by / to manage

vamos tirando we get by / we're managing

¡qué va! no way! / not at all!

¡vamos a...! let's...!

¡vamos a bailar! let's dance!

¡vaya! well!

¡ya voy! I'm coming!

Spanish-English dictionary > ir
13 señor

adj.

mister, Mr., Mr.

m.

1 gentleman, lord, gent.

2 sir, mister.

3 Lord.

4 master.

* * *

señor

► adjetivo

1 (noble) distinguished, noble

2 familiar fine

■ es un señor coche it's quite a car

► nombre masculino,nombre femenino

1 (hombre) man, gentleman; (mujer) woman, lady

2 (amo - hombre) master; (- mujer) mistress

3 HISTORIA (hombre) lord; (mujer) lady

4 (tratamiento - hombre) sir; (- mujer) madam, US ma'am

■ buenos días, señora good morning, madam

5 (ante apellido - hombre) Mr; (- mujer) Mrs

■ el Sr. Rodríguez Mr Rodríguez

6 (ante título)

■ el señor cura the priest

7 (en carta - hombre) Sir; (- mujer) Madam

■ muy señora mía Dear Madam

■ estimados señores Dear Sir

► nombre masculino el Señor

1 RELIGIÓN the Lord

► interjección señor

1 good Lord!

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ser todo un señor / ser toda una señora to be a real gentleman / be a real lady

¡señoras y señores! ladies and gentlemen!

el señor de la casa / la señora de la casa the gentleman of the house / the lady of the house

Nuestro Señor / Nuestra Señora Our Lord / Our Lady

señor feudal feudal lord

* * *

noun m.

1) gentleman

2) sir

3) owner, master

4) mister

5) lord

* * *
señor, -a
1. ADJ

1) * [antes de sustantivo] [uso enfático] great big *

vive en una señora casa — he lives in a great big house *

eso es un señor melón — that's some melon

2) (=libre) free, at liberty

eres muy señor de hacerlo si quieres — you're quite free o at liberty to do so if you want

2. SM / F

1) (=persona madura) man o más frm gentleman/lady

ha venido un señor preguntando por ti — there was a man o más frm a gentleman here asking for you

le espera una señora en su despacho — there's a lady waiting to see you in your office

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

lo he comprado en la planta de señoras — I bought it in ladieswear

- dárselas de señor

señora de compañía — companion

2) (=dueño) [de tierras] owner; [de criado, esclavo] master/mistress

el señor no vendrá hoy a comer — the master will not be here for lunch today

¿está la señora? — is the lady of the house in?

el señor de la casa — the master of the house

no es señor de sus pasiones — he cannot control his passions

3) [fórmula de tratamiento]

a) [con apellido] Mr/Mrs

es para el señor Serrano — it's for Mr Serrano

el señor y la señora Durán — Mr and Mrs Durán

los señores Centeno y Sánchez tuvieron que irse antes — frm Messrs Centeno and Sánchez had to leave early frm

los señores (de) González — Mr and Mrs González

b) * [con nombre de pila]

buenos días, señor Mariano — [a Mariano Ruiz] good morning, Mr Ruiz

la señora María es de mi pueblo — [hablando de María Ruiz] Mrs Ruiz is from my village

c) [hablando directamente] sir/madam

no se preocupe señor — don't worry, sir

¿qué desea la señora? — [en tienda] can I help you, madam?; [en restaurante] what would you like, madam?

¡oiga, señora! — excuse me, madam!

¡señoras y señores! — ladies and gentlemen!

d) [con nombre de cargo o parentesco]

el señor alcalde — the mayor

el señor cura — the priest

señor presidente — Mr President

señor alcalde — Mr Mayor

sí, señor juez — yes, my Lord

como diría tu señora madre — as your mother would say

e) frm [en correspondencia]

muy señor mío — Dear Sir

muy señora mía — Dear Madam

muy señores nuestros — Dear Sirs

señor director — [en carta a periódico] Dear Sir

4) [uso enfático]

pues sí señor, así es como pasó — yes indeed, that's how it happened

¡no señor, ahora no te vas! — oh no, you're not going anywhere yet!
señora
5) [en letrero]

señores — gents

3. SM

1) ( Hist) lord

señor de la guerra — warlord

señor feudal — feudal lord

2) (Rel)

el Señor — the Lord

alabemos al Señor — let us praise the Lord

Nuestro Señor — Our Lord

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — Our Lord Jesus Christ

recibir al Señor — to take communion

* * *
I
- ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)

es un señor puesto — it's a really good job

aquello era un señor cuadro — it was a huge picture
II
- ñora

1)

a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso — the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras — ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza — the cleaning lady

señoras — ladies, women

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora — she gives herself airs and graces

- señora de compañía

2) (dueño, amo)

el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

- señor feudal

3) (Relig)

a) Señor masculino Lord

Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — our Lord Jesus Christ

b) Señora femenino

Nuestra Señora de Montserrat — Our Lady of Montserrat

4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife

5) ( tratamiento de cortesía)

a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs

los señores de Paz — Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

c) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos)

el señor alcalde no podrá asistir — the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada — the director is busy

Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

d) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre)

perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

e) ( uso enfático)

¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going
•• Cultural note:
Señor/Señora/Señorita

Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers

* * *

= master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

Ex. But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

Ex. My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex. These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.

----

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.

* señor feudal = suzerain.

* * *
I
- ñora adjetivo (delante del n) (fam) ( uso enfático)

es un señor puesto — it's a really good job

aquello era un señor cuadro — it was a huge picture
II
- ñora

1)

a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman; (f) lady

te busca un señor — there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso — the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras — ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza — the cleaning lady

señoras — ladies, women

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman; (f) lady

es todo un señor — he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora — she gives herself airs and graces

- señora de compañía

2) (dueño, amo)

el señor/la señora de la casa — the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

el señor de estas tierras — (Hist) the lord of these lands

- señor feudal

3) (Relig)

a) Señor masculino Lord

Dios, nuestro Señor — the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo — our Lord Jesus Christ

b) Señora femenino

Nuestra Señora de Montserrat — Our Lady of Montserrat

4) señora femenino ( esposa) wife

5) ( tratamiento de cortesía)

a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr; (f) Mrs

los señores de Paz — Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (uso popular, con nombres de pila)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel — ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López

c) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos)

el señor alcalde no podrá asistir — the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada — the director is busy

Señor Director — (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)

d) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre)

perdón, señor/señora ¿tiene hora? — excuse me, could you tell me the time?

¿se lleva ésa, señora? — will you take that one, Madam? (frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos — (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves - ¿señora o señorita? — Teresa Chaves - Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido — Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home

e) ( uso enfático)

¿y lo pagó él?-sí señor — you mean he paid for it-he did indeed

no señor, no fue así — no that is certainly not what happened

no señor, no pienso ir — there's no way I'm going
•• Cultural note:
Señor/Señora/Señorita

Titles used before someone's name when speaking to or about them. They are generally followed by the person's surname, or first name and surname. They can also be followed by the person's professional title, without the name: señor arquitecto, señora doctora, señorita maestra. They can be used on their own to attract attention. In letters they can be followed by the appropriate forms of don/doña: Sr. Dn Juan Montesinos, Sra Dña. Ana Castellón. The full forms are written in lower case when used in the middle of a sentence; the abbreviated forms are always capitalized - for señor, Sr., for señora, Sra., and for señorita, Srta. Señor is used for men. Señores, can mean "sirs", "gentlemen", and "ladies and gentlemen", and when used of a married couple means "Mr and Mrs": los señores Montesino. Señora is used for married women and widows, and women of unknown marital status. Señorita is used for single women, young women of unknown marital status, and female teachers

* * *

= master, Mr (Mister), gentleman [gentlemen, -pl.].

Ex: But I said at once: 'Look here, master, I'll thank you to leave me alone after this, do you hear?'.

Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex: These were gentlemen whose forebears had upset Elizabeth I by encouraging the people to think a little too much for themselves and who proved very difficult to control.

* en el año del Señor = in the year of our Lord.

* nada es gratis en la viña del Señor = there is no such thing as a free lunch, there is no such thing as a free ride.

* señor feudal = suzerain.

* * *

señor¹ - ñora

adjective

1 ( delante del n) ( fam)

(uso enfático): ha conseguido un señor puesto she's got herself a really good job

fue una señora fiesta it was some party o quite a party! ( colloq)

2

(libre): eres muy señor de hacer lo que quieras you're completely free to do as you like

señor² - ñora Señor/Señora/Señorita (↑ señora a1)

A

1 (persona adulta) ( masculine) man, gentleman; ( feminine) lady

te busca un señor there's a man o gentleman looking for you

la señora del último piso the lady who lives on the top floor

peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's

la señora de la limpieza the cleaning lady

[ S ] señoras ladies, women

tiene 20 años pero se viste muy de señora she's only 20 but she dresses a lot older

2 (persona distinguida) ( masculine) gentleman; ( feminine) lady

es todo un señor he's a real gentleman

tiene ínfulas de gran señora she gives herself airs and graces, she fancies herself as some sort of lady ( BrE)

Compuesto:

señora de compañía

feminine companion

B

(dueño, amo): el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house ( frml)

los vasallos debían fidelidad a sus señores ( Hist) the vassals owed allegiance to their lords

a la señora le pareció mal ( iró); Madam o her ladyship didn't like the idea ( iro)

Compuesto:

señor feudal

masculine feudal lord

C ( Relig)

1

Señor masculine Lord

recibir al Señor to receive the body of Christ

Dios, nuestro Señor the Lord God

Nuestro Señor Jesucristo our Lord Jesus Christ

nuestro hermano que ahora descansa or duerme en el Señor our brother who is now at peace

2

Señora feminine: Nuestra Señora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

D

1

señora feminine (esposa) wife

saludos a tu señora give my regards to your wife

la señora de Jaime está muy enferma Jaime's wife is very ill

2

señor masculine ( Méx) (esposo) husband

E (tratamiento de cortesía) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

1 (con apellidos) ( masculine) Mr; ( feminine) Mrs

buenas tardes, Señor López good afternoon, Mr López

Señora de Luengo, ¿quiere pasar? would you go in please, Mrs/Ms Luengo?

¿avisaste a la señora (de) Fuentes? did you tell Mrs/Ms Fuentes?

los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz

ya tenemos en nuestras manos los documentos enviados por los señores Gómez y López ( frml); we have now received the documents from Messrs. Gómez and López ( frml)

2

(uso popular, con nombres de pila): ¿cómo está, Señora Cristina? ≈ how are you Mrs Fuentes?, ≈ how are you, Mrs F? ( colloq)

la señora Cristina/el señor Miguel no está ≈ Mrs Fuentes/Mr López is not at home

3 ( frml)

(con otros sustantivos): el señor alcalde no podrá asistir the mayor will not be able to attend

la señora directora está ocupada the director is busy

salude a su señor padre/señora madre de mi parte ( ant); please convey my respects to your father/mother ( dated)

Señor Director ( Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir ( frml)

4 ( frml)

(sin mencionar el nombre): perdón, señor/señora, ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?

pase señor/señora come in, please

señoras y señores ladies and gentlemen

¿se lleva ésa, señora? will you take that one, Madam? ( frml)

muy señor mío/señores míos ( Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs

Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?

los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz are not at home

¿el señor/la señora va a cenar en casa? will you be dining in this evening, sir/madam? ( frml)

5

(uso enfático): ¿y lo pagó él? — pues sí, señor you mean he paid for it? — he did indeed o ( colloq) he sure did

no, señor/señora, no fue así oh, no! that's not what happened

no, señor, no pienso prestárselo there's no way I'm going to lend it to him

* * *

Multiple Entries:
Señor
señor
señor
◊ - ñora sustantivo masculino, femenino

1
a) ( persona adulta) (m) man, gentleman;

(f) lady;
◊ peluquería de señoras ladies' hairdresser's

b) ( persona distinguida) (m) gentleman;

(f) lady;
◊ es todo un señor he's a real gentleman

2 (dueño, amo):
◊ el señor/la señora de la casa the gentleman/the lady of the house (frml)

3 (Relig)
a)

◊ Señor sustantivo masculino

Lord
b)

◊ Señora sustantivo femenino: Nuestra Sseñora de Montserrat Our Lady of Montserrat

4
◊ señora sustantivo femenino ( esposa) wife

5 ( tratamiento de cortesía)
a) ( con apellidos) (m) Mr;

(f) Mrs;
◊ los señores de Paz Mr and Mrs Paz

b) (frml) ( con otros sustantivos):

◊ la señora directora está ocupada the director is busy;

Sseñor Director (Corresp) Dear Sir, Sir (frml)
c) (frml) ( sin mencionar el nombre):

◊ perdón, señor ¿tiene hora? excuse me, could you tell me the time?;

muy señor mío/señores míos (Corresp) Dear Sir/Sirs;
Teresa Chaves — ¿señora o señorita? Teresa Chaves — Miss, Mrs or Ms?;
los señores han salido Mr and Mrs Paz (o López etc) are not at home
señor sustantivo masculino
1 (hombre) man, gentleman
2 sir (en inglés británico indica una posición social inferior) señor, se le ha caído la cartera, excuse me, you have dropped your wallet 3 señoras y señores, ladies and gentlemen
4 (tratamiento) Mr: ha llegado el Sr. Gómez, Mr Gómez is here
el señor presidente está reunido, the President is in a meeting
5 (en correspondencia) estimado señor, Dear Sir
6 Hist lord
7 Rel El Señor, the Lord
8 (persona respetable) es todo un señor y no hace caso de habladurías, he doesn't pay the slightest bit of attention to idle chatter, he's a real gentleman
9 familiar (grande, importante) el joven principiante se ha convertido en un señor actor, the inexperienced young actor has become a star
Recuerda que no se usa Mr o Mrs solo con el nombre de pila, excepto cuando un "criado" está hablando con su "señor". En todo caso debes decir Mr Miguel más el apellido o Mr más el apellido. La misma regla se aplica también a Mrs y Ms.
' señor' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abierta
- abierto
- ama
- amo
- audiencia
- caballero
- de
- don
- estimada
- estimado
- Excemo.
- Excmo.
- N. S.
- señora
- señorita
- señorito
- Sr.
- el
- encantado
- mío
- parte
- rogar
English:
dear
- esquire
- follow-up
- gent
- lord
- master
- mister
- Mr
- Mrs
- Ms
- outstanding
- sir
- worship
- Epiphany
- gentleman
- squire

* * *

señor, -ora

♦ adj

1. [refinado] noble, refined

2. Fam [antes de sustantivo] [gran] real;
[excelente] wonderful, splendid;
tienen una señora casa/un señor problema that's some house/problem they've got

♦ nm

1. [tratamiento] [antes de apellido, nombre, cargo] Mr;

el señor López Mr López;

los señores Ruiz Mr and Mrs Ruiz;

¿están los señores (Ruiz) en casa? are Mr and Mrs Ruiz in?;

dile al señor Miguel que gracias say thanks to Miguel from me;

¡señor presidente! Mr President!;

el señor director les atenderá enseguida the manager will see you shortly

2. [tratamiento] [al dirigir la palabra] Sir;

pase usted, señor do come in, do come in, Sir;

¡oiga señor, se le ha caído esto! excuse me! you dropped this;

señores, debo comunicarles algo gentlemen, there's something I have to tell you;

¿qué desea el señor? what would you like, Sir?;

sí, señor yes, Sir;

Muy señor mío, Estimado señor [en cartas] Dear Sir;

Muy señores míos [en cartas] Dear Sirs

3. [hombre] man;

llamó un señor preguntando por ti there was a call for you from a man;

el señor de la carnicería the man from the butcher's;

en el club sólo dejaban entrar a (los) señores they only let men into the club;

un señor mayor an elderly gentleman;

señores [en letrero] men, gents

4. [caballero] gentleman;

es todo un señor he's a real gentleman;

vas hecho un señor con ese traje you look like a real gentleman in that suit

5. [dueño] owner;
Formal
¿es usted el señor de la casa? are you the head of the household?

6. Formal [de criado, esclavo] master

7. [noble, aristócrata] lord

Comp
Hist señor feudal feudal lord;
señor de la guerra warlord

8. [en religión]
el Señor the Lord;

Nuestro Señor Our Lord;

¡Señor, ten piedad! Lord, have mercy upon us!

9. [indica énfasis]
sí señor, eso fue lo que ocurrió yes indeed, that's exactly what happened;

¡sí señor, así se habla! excellent, that's what I like to hear!;

no señor, estás muy equivocado oh no, you're completely wrong;

a mí no me engañas, no señor you can't fool ME

♦ interj

Good Lord!;

¡Señor, qué manera de llover! Good Lord, look how it's raining!

* * *

Señor

m Lord

* * *

señor, - ñora n

1) : gentleman m, man m, lady f, woman f, wife f

2) : Sir m, Madam f

estimados señores: Dear Sirs

3) : Mr. m, Mrs. f

4) : lord m, lady f

el Señor: the Lord

* * *

señor n

1. (hombre) man [pl. men]

¿quién es ese señor? who's that man?

2. (con apellido) Mr

el señor Pérez Mr Pérez

3. (de cortesía) sir

sí, señor yes, sir

el Señor the Lord

Spanish-English dictionary > señor
14 μή

μή, Elean [full] μά [pron. full] [ᾱ] SIG9.5 (Olympia, vi B.C.). (Cf. Skt.

A mā´, Arm. mi [from I.-E. mē´], negative used in prohibitions):— not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.)

A in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning,

1 with [tense] pres. imper., 2 pers., μή μ' ἐρέθιζε Il.1.32
, al.; 3 pers., μή μευ πειράτω 9.345
, etc.: rarely with [tense] aor. imper., μὴ.. ἔνθεο τιμῇ 4.410
, cf. Od.24.248; in [dialect] Att., μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς.. ἐλπίδος Ar.Th. 870
; 3 pers., μή τις ἀκουσάτω Od.16.301
, cf. Pi.O.8.55, P.5.23, A.Th. 1041, S.Aj. 1180; μηδεὶς νομισάτω, προσδοκησάτω X.Cyr.7.5.73
, Pl.Ap. 17c: with [tense] pf. imper. 3 pers., μή τις ὀπίσσω τετράφθω Il.12.272
; or 2 pers. when [tense] pf. = [tense] pres., μὴ κεκράγετε Ar. V. 415
.

2 with subj. (usu. 2 pers. of [tense] aor.), in prohibitions, μὴ δή με.. ἐάσῃς Il.5.684
, cf. A.Pr. 583 (lyr.), al.; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο ib. 625, cf. S.Ph. 470; μὴ φθονήσῃς Pl.Prt. 320c
: coupled with [tense] pres. imper., μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε D.21.211
; 3 pers., μὴ.. γένηται Il.4.37
, cf. Od.22.213; μὴ ματεύσῃ θεὸς γενέσθαι Pi.O.5.24
: rarely, if ever, with 2 pers. [tense] pres. subj., μὴ κάμνῃς E.IA 1143
(leg. κάμῃς); 3 pers., μή τις οἴηται, = μὴ οἰώμεθα, Pl.Lg. 861e: also with the hortative subj. used to supply the 1 pers. of the imper., [tense] pres. μὴ ἴομεν ([etym.] ἴωμεν) Il.12.216, etc.; μὴ διώκωμεν Hdt.8.109
, etc.: [tense] aor. μὴ πάθωμεν X.Cyr.1.5.11
, etc.: rarely with [ per.] 1sg., μή σε.. κιχείω Il.1.26
, cf. 21.475, 22.123, S.OC 174 (anap.).

b with [tense] pres. or [tense] aor. subj. in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ.. γένησθε take care you do not become, Il.5.487; μὴ.. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear.. may prove to be weaving, Od.5.356; αἷμα μὴ σοῖς ἐξομόρξωμαι πέπλοις E.HF 1399
: in [dialect] Att. Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν Pl.Grg. 462e
, cf. Tht. 188d, Arist.Pol. 1291a8, al.: in later Greek the ind. is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν.. ἀντιλαμβάνεται Dam.Pr.27
.

3 with [tense] fut. ind., a dub. usage ( νεμεσήσετ ' is subj. in Il.15.115), μηδεμίαν ἄδειαν δώσετε Lys.29.13
; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Pap. βούλη[σθ]ε) D.23.117; cf. μαλακὸν ἐνδώσετε μηδέν Ar.Pl. 488
.

4 with past tenses of ind. to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι Il.9.698
, cf. Od. 11.548; μή ποτ' ὤφελον λιπεῖν τὴν Σκῦρον S.Ph. 969
; εἴθε μή ποτ' εἰδόμαν Id.OT 1217
(lyr.), cf. E.IA70, Cyc. 186, X.Cyr.4.6.3.

5 with opt. to express a negative wish, with [tense] pres., ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη A.Th. 426
, cf. Eu. 938 (lyr.): more freq. with [tense] aor., μὴ σέ γ' ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν Od.1.386
, cf. 403, 11.613.

6 in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς.., μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος Il.10.330
; ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα.., μὴ.. Ποσειδάων.. πημαίνει Τρῶας 15.41
; μὰ τὴν Ἀφροδίτην.., μὴ ἐγώ σ' ἀφήσω Ar.Ec. 1000
, cf. Av. 195, Lys. 917.

7 c. inf., when used as imper., μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους Il.17.501
; μὴ πρὶν ἐπ' ἠέλιον δῦναι 2.413
; οἷς μὴ πελάζειν A.Pr. 712
.

8 freq. without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (sc. θάνῃς) S.OC 1441; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (sc. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, Ar.Ach. 458; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (sc. ποιεῖσθε) S.Ant. 577; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! E.Med. 964; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! Ar.Ach. 345; μή μοί γε μύθους Id.V. 1179
.

B in DEPENDENT clauses:

1 with Final Conjs., ἵνα μή Il.19.348
, etc.; ὅπως μή D.27.5
,al.; ὡς μή Il.8.37
, A.Pr.53,al.; ὄφρα μή Il. 1.118
,al.: with ὅπως ἄν and ὡς ἄν, that so, ὅπως ἂν.. μηδέ Ar.V. 178
, Pl.Grg. 481a; ὡς ἂν μή Od.4.749
, Hdt.1.5; but

b μή alone, = ἵνα μή, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη Il.1.522
, cf. 587; λίσσεσθαι.., μή οἱ.. χολώσαιτο φρένα κούρη Od.6.147
: [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. in consecutive clauses, Ar.Ec. 495 (lyr., dub.l.).

2 in the protasis of conditional sentences, v. εἰ (for the exceptions v. οὐ), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, v. ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε, etc.

b ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι Hdt.1.18
, cf. Th.4.26; ὅτι μὴ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη Pl.Phd. 67a
; ὅσον μή ib. 83a; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, Th.4.16.

3 in later Gr., with causal Conjs., ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν Ev.Jo.3.18
, cf. Luc.DMort.21.2, D Deor.2.1; ἐπεὶ μή Id.Hist.Conscr.3
, etc.: also after ὅτι and ὡς that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν Cleom.1.8
, cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29, DDeor.20.10.

4 in relat. clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever.., Hdt.4.74; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (fort. κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as.., A.Eu. 618, cf. 661, 899; λέγονθ' ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, S.Ph. 583; λόγοις τοιούτοις οἷς σὺ μὴ τέρψῃ κλύων Id.Ant. 691
; ὅπου μὴ ἠθέλησεν Antipho 1.7
: freq. with subj., ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν Od.4.165
, al.: with ἄν, S.OT 281: with opt., ἃ μὴ σαφῶς εἰδείη X.Cyr.1.6.19
, etc.: less freq. with opt. and ἄν, Pl.Phlb. 20a, Lg. 839a; γένοιτο δ' ἂν ἐν ᾗ μή τι ἂν προσδοκήσειεν χώρᾳ ib. 872d.

5 c. inf.,

a regularlyfrom Homer on, exc. after Verbs of saying and thinking (but v. infr. c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν A.Pers. 725
(troch.), etc. (for exceptions v. οὐ): always when the inf. takes the Art., τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν Pi.O.8.60
; τὸ μὴ ἀμελεῖν μάθε A. Eu.86
, cf. 749, Pr. 624; λείπομαι ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι S.OC 496
.

b by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like , ὁ δ' ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι Il.18.500
(without μή ib. 450); ἀντιδικεῖν Lys.6.12
([etym.] μηδέν) ; ἀντιλέγειν Th.5.49
, Is.4.15 ([etym.] μηδέ) ; ἀπαγορεύειν Antipho 5.34
, And.4.9; ἀπειπεῖν Ar.Av. 557
, D.33.19, etc.; ἀπαυδᾶν Ar.Eq. 1072
; ἀπείργειν E.Hel. 1559
, al. (without μή S.Aj.70
); ἀπιστεῖν Th.4.40
; ἀπεγνωκέναι Lys.1.34
; ἀποστερεῖσθαι Antipho 2.4.1
([etym.] μηδέ) ; ἀποτρέπεσθαι Id.5.32
([etym.] μηδέν) ; ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, Ar.Eq. 572, Hdt.3.67; ἐναντιωθῆναι Pl.Ap. 32b
; σχεῖν Hdt.1.158
; παύειν (where the part. is more freq.) Ar.Ach. 634; κωλῦσαι E.Ph. 1269
; ἐπάρατον ἦν μὴ οἰκεῖν Th.2.17
: in these cases the Art. freq. precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι.. ἔσχε τόδε Hdt.5.101
; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι; S.Ant. 535; εἴργειν τὸ μή .. Th.3.1, etc.; also ἀπέφυγε τὰ σφῷν τὸ μὴ πίτνειν κακῶς S.OC 1740
(lyr.): with Art. in gen., ἔχειν τοῦ μή .. X.An.3.5.71; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή .. Id.Cyr.2.4.23.

c after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like ; so after ὄμνυμι, Il.9.133, Od.5.179, Hdt.1.165, 2.179, Ar.V. 1047, etc.; μαρτυρῶ Lys.7.11
, D.45.15, etc.; ὁμολογῶ Pl.Prt. 336b
, Smp. 202b, cf. Phd. 93d, etc.; ἐγγυῶμαι Pi.O.11(10).18
, Pl.Prt. 336d; πέπεισμαι Id.Ap. 37a
, etc.; πιστεύω And.1.2
, X.An.1.9.8, etc.: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί Id.Mem.1.2.39
, Pl.Tht. 155a; λέγω, προλέγω, Th. 5.49, 1.139; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή .. X. Cyr.7.1.18; νομίζω ib.7.5.59, Th.6.102; ἡγοῦμαι Pl.Ap. 27d
: very freq. in later Gr., Ev.Matt.2.12, Luc. Peregr.44, etc.

6 with the part., when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε, Hdt.4.64; μὴ θέλων, = εἰ μὴ θέλεις, A.Pr. 504; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, = εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε, Id.Ag. 273; μὴ δρῶν, = εἰ μὴ δρῴην, S.OT77, etc.: in a general or characteristic sense, δίδασκέ με ὡς μὴ εἰδότα, = ut qui nihil sciam, Id.OC 1155, cf. Ant. 1063, 1064; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσις; one who sees not, Id.OC73: in this signf. freq. with the Art., ὁ μὴ λεύσσων Id.Tr. 828
(lyr.); ὁ μὴ δουλεύσας Pl.Lg. 762e
; τῷ μὴ εἰργασμένῳ Antipho 5.65
; τὸν.. μὴ φροντίσαντα Lycurg.27
, cf. 45, etc.: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται S.OT 289
, etc.; ἄθλια πάσχω μὴ.. μόνον βιαζόμενος Antipho 2.2.4
; ἑτέρας μηδεμιᾶς ὁμολογουμένης εἶναι Is.5.16
; μηδενὸς ἐμποδὼν ὄντος D.3.8
: very freq. in later Greek, POxy.38.16 (i A.D.), Luc.DMeretr.12.4, etc.: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, S.Ph.79, OC 656, 797, 1122, E.Tr. 970, Th.1.76, 2.17.

7 with Substs., Adjs., and Advbs. used generically, with or without Art., τὰ μὴ δίκαια A.Eu. 432
; δίκαια καὶ μὴ δίκαια Id.Ch.78
(lyr.); τὸ μὴ 'νδικον S.OT 682
(lyr.); τὸ μὴ καλόν Id.Ant. 370
(lyr.); ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, = τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν, want of experience, Ar.Ec. 115; ἡ μὴ ἐπιτροπή Pl.Lg. 966c
; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον ib. 759b; ὁ μὴ ἰατρός Id.Grg. 459b
; νίκης μὴ κακῆς A.Eu. 903
, cf. Th. 411; τῷ φρονοῦντι μὴ καλῶς Id.Pr. 1012
, cf. Ag. 349, 927.

8 after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (cf. μὴ οὐ):

a when the thing feared is [tense] fut., mostly with subj.: with [tense] pres. subj., δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be.., S.OT 747, cf.Ant. 1113; ὅρα μὴ κυβεύῃς Pl.Prt. 314a
: more freq. with [tense] aor., δείδοικα.. μή σε παρείπῃ Il. 1.555
, cf. 9.244, 13.745: with [tense] pf., shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν' ᾖ μοι S. Tr. 663
, cf. Ph. 494, Hdt.3.119,4.140, etc.: less freq. with [tense] fut. ind., X.Cyr.2.3.6, Ar.Ec. 488, Pl.Phlb. 13a: with opt. according to the sequence of moods and tenses: [tense] pres. opt., S. Tr. 482, X.An.1.10.9: [tense] aor., Od.11.634, etc.: [tense] pf., X.Cyr.1.3.10: with [tense] fut. opt. in oratio obliqua, Id.HG6.4.27, Mem.1.2.7, Pl.Euthphr. 15d: with opt. and ἄν, S.Tr. 631, X.vect.4.41.

b when the action is [tense] pres. or past, the ind. is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης S.El. 584
, cf. E. Ion 1523, Ar.Nu. 493, Pl.La. 196c; ὅρα μὴ παίζων ἔλεγεν Id.Tht. 145b
, cf. E.Hel. 119; φοβούμεθα μὴ ἀμφοτέρων ἡμαρτήκαμεν Th.3.53
, cf. E.Or. 209, Pl.Ly. 218d; δείδω μὴ δὴ πάντα θεὰ νημερτέα εἶπεν Od. 5.300
.

c with ind. and subj. in consecutive clauses, E.Ph.93.

C in QUESTIONS:

I direct questions,

1 with ind., where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in A.Ag. 683 (lyr.), S.OC 1502, Tr. 316, Pl.Grg. 488b), in Hom. only ἦ μή .. ; Od.6.200, 9.405; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν .. ; A.Pers. 344, cf. Pr. 249, 959, etc.: in Trag. and [dialect] Att. freq. ἆρα μή; Id.Th. 208, S.El. 446, Pl.R. 405a: for questions in which μή ([etym.] μηδέ ) follows οὐ, v. οὐ μή.

b in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσω; what am I not to do? S.El. 1276 (lyr.); τί μή; why not? Id.Aj. 668 (s.v.l.); cf. μήν

2 with subj., when the speaker deliberates about a neg. action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμεν; Pl.R. 335c, cf. 337b, 417b; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκην; D.21.35; πῶς μὴ φῶμεν; Pl.Tht. 161e: with opt. and ἄν, πῶς ἄν τις μὴ θυμῷ λέγοι; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? Id.Lg. 887c, cf. Grg. 510d, X. Mem.3.1.10.

II indirect questions, freq. with Verbs implying fear and apprehension (cf. B. 8), ὄφρα ἴδωμεν μὴ τοὶ κοιμήσωνται Il.10.98
, cf. 101, Od.21.395; περισκοπῶ μή πού τις.. ἐγχρίμπτει S.El. 898
, cf. Th.2.13, etc.; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή .. Isoc.5.8, cf. 15.6; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω Ant.Lib.23.5
.

2 in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με.. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι Aeschin.2.36
( εἰ οὐκ in same sense, 1.84): in the second part of a disjunctive question, εἰ.. ἢ (or εἴτε) μή.., εἴτε.. εἴτε μή .., A.Eu. 468, 612, And.1.7, Pl.Ap. 18a, R. 457d, X.Cyr.2.1.7; εἴτε.. εἴτε μή.., εἰ.. ἢ οὔ, εἰ.. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, Is.8.9; so also, τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή,.. τοὺς λόγους, εἰ ὀρθῶς διδάσκουσι τὸ πρᾶγμα ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14
.

D POSITION of μή. When the neg. extends its power over the whole clause, μή prop. precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sts. put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω S.Ph. 961
; φράσῃς.. μὴ πέρα ib. 332, cf. OC 1522.

2 μή is sts. repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς Ar.V. 1418
, cf. S. Aj. 190, OC 210 (both lyr.).

E PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, S.OT13, 221, Tr. 321, etc.: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν Id.Aj. 962
; μὴ 'μβαίνῃς Id.OC 400
; μὴ 'γώ Id.Ph. 910
: in Prose, μὴ 'κ IG12.115.11
: μή folld. by α is sts. written μἀ .. (v. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sts. separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu.85
, etc.

F μή in COMPOSITION, or joined with other Particles, as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc., will be found in alphabetical order.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μή
15 poder

m.

1 power (mando, competencia).

estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power

poder adquisitivo purchasing power

poder calorífico calorific value

poder de convicción persuasive powers

tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller

el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)

poderes fácticos the church, military and press

poderes públicos public authorities

El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.

2 power, authorization.

dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something

por poderes by proxy

poder notarial power of attorney

3 faculty.

4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.

Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.

v.

1 can, to be able to.

no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you

2 can, may (tener permiso).

no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night

¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?

¿se puede? may I come in?

3 can (ser capaz moralmente).

no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that

4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).

puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out

podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train

¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)

puede que llueva it may o might rain

¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do

puede ser perhaps, maybe

5 to be stronger than.

tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up

6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.

Ella puede correr She is able to run.

7 to might, to stand to.

Ella podría surgir She might rise above.

8 to be capable.

* * *

PODER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.

Past Indicative

pude, pudiste, pudo, pudimos, pudisteis, pudieron.

Future Indicative

podré, podrás, podrá, podremos, podréis, podrán.

Conditional

podría, podrías, podría, podríamos, podríais, podrían.

Present Subjunctive

pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

pudiera, pudieras, pudiera, pudiéramos, pudierais, pudieran;

pudiese, pudieses, pudiese, pudiésemos, pudieseis, pudiesen.

Future Subjunctive

pudiere, pudieres, pudiere, pudiéremos, pudiereis, pudieren.

Imperative

puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *
1. verb
1) can

2) to be able

3) may
2. noun m.
1) power

2) control

3) possession

4) strength, force

* * *

1. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

yo puedo ayudarte — I can help you

puedo hacerlo solo — I can do it on my own o by myself

¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

no puede venir — he can't o cannot come

llevo varios días sin poder salir — I haven't been able to go out for several days

no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

creo que mañana no voy a poder ir — I don't think I'll be able to come tomorrow

este agua no se puede beber — this water isn't fit to drink

2) (=tener permiso para)

puedes irte — you can o may go

¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

3) [en peticiones]

¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

4) [indicando eventualidad]

puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg

puede haber salido — he may have gone out

por lo que pueda pasar — just in case

5) [indicando obligación moral]

¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

bien podrían cuidarla un poco mejor — they really ought to take better care of her

es lo menos que podemos hacer por ellos — it's the least we can do for them

no podíamos dejarlo solo — we couldn't leave him alone

6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

puede costar unos cien euros — it could cost as much as a hundred euros

7) [en sugerencias]

podríamos ir al cine — we could go to the cinema

siempre puedes volverlo a intentar — you can always try again later

8) [en reproches]

¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer

¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

no puedo — I can't

lo haré si puedo — I'll do it if I can

¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

2) (=tener permiso)

¿se puede? — may I come in?

¿puedo? — may I?

3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

la curiosidad pudo más que el temor — his curiosity got the better of his fear

él puede mucho en el partido — he has a lot of influence in the party

poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *
poder con
¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

no puedo con la hipocresía — I can't stand hypocrisy

4) [en locuciones]

• a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

su actuación fue correcta a más no poder — he behaved entirely properly

comió a más no poder — he ate until he couldn't eat any more

• no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset

su actitud me pudo — his attitude annoyed me o got on my nerves

me pudo esa broma — that joke upset me

3.

VERBO IMPERSONAL
puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps
¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!
puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})
puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already

puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come

puede (ser) que tenga razón — she may o could be right

puede (ser) que sí — maybe (so)

4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO

1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

tiene un enorme poder de concentración — she has tremendous powers of concentration

afirma tener poderes mágicos — he claims to have magic powers

poder adquisitivo — purchasing power

poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

poder de negociación — bargaining power

2) (=autoridad, influencia) power

ejercen un poder enorme sobre la juventud — they have a lot of power o influence over young people

en este país los militares tienen mucho poder — the military are very powerful in this country

no tienen poder para oponerse a estas medidas — they are not powerful enough to oppose these measures

un partido jugado de poder a poder — an evenly-matched game

3) (Pol)

el poder — power

¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

• bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

subir al poder — to come to power

• el poder central — central government

• el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

• el poder establecido — the establishment

• los poderes fácticos — the powers that be

• los poderes públicos — the authorities

poder absoluto — absolute power

poder civil — civil power

poder ejecutivo — executive power

poder judicial — judiciary

poder legislativo — legislative power

4) (=fuerza, eficacia)

un detergente de gran poder limpiador — a powerful detergent

este medicamento no tiene poder contra la tuberculosis — this drug is ineffective o isn't effective against tuberculosis

5) (=potestad)
pl poderes powers
les dieron amplios poderes para dirigir la empresa — they were given wide-ranging powers to run the company

tiene plenos poderes para intervenir en el asunto — he has full authority to intervene in the matter

6) (Jur)

• por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

casarse por poderes — to get married by proxy

poder notarial — power of attorney

7) (=posesión) possession

tengo en mi poder información confidencial — I am in possession of confidential information

• estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

• pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

8) (Fís, Mec) power

el poder del motor — the power of the engine

poder calorífico — calorific value

9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher

* * *
I
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de)

en cuanto puedas — as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto — I can't pay that much

no podía dejar de reír — I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir — he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

no se puede valer por sí mismo — he can't manage by himself

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar — it was impossible to work with that noise going on

2) ( expresando idea de permiso)

¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

puedes hacer lo que quieras — you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal — he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

aquí no se puede fumar — smoking is not allowed here

3) ( expresando derecho moral)

no podemos hacerle eso — we can't do that to her

bien puedes tomarte un descanso ahora — you can afford to take a rest now

4)

a) (en quejas, reproches)

¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

b) ( en sugerencias)

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

c) ( solicitando un favor)

¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

Sentido II

5) ( con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

6) (en locs)

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)

a) ( ganar)

él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

b) (Méx) ( doler)

tu indiferencia le puede mucho — she's very hurt by your indifference

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio — we were terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

puede aparecer en cualquier momento — he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa — anything's possible with him

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso — don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido ayer — he may have come yesterday

te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

no podía haber estado más amable — she couldn't have been kinder

podría volver a ocurrir — it could happen again

no pudo haber sido Pilar — it couldn't have been Pilar

9) (en 3^a pers)

no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

no pudo ser — it wasn't possible

puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto — he may not have seen us

- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
II
masculino

1)

a) (control, influencia) power

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village

estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

b) (Pol)

el poder — power

estar en el poder — to be in power

tomar el poder — to take o seize power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

2) ( posesión)

la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

3)

a) (derecho, atribución)

tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados — the junta has unlimited powers

la entrega de poderes — the handing over of power

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

4)

a) (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción — her power of persuasion

b) (de motor, aparato) power

•

- poder absoluto

- poder adquisitivo

- poder ejecutivo

- poderes fácticos

- poderes públicos

- poder judicial

- poder legislativo

* * *
I
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de)

en cuanto puedas — as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto — I can't pay that much

no podía dejar de reír — I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir — he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

no se puede valer por sí mismo — he can't manage by himself

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar — it was impossible to work with that noise going on

2) ( expresando idea de permiso)

¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

puedes hacer lo que quieras — you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal — he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

aquí no se puede fumar — smoking is not allowed here

3) ( expresando derecho moral)

no podemos hacerle eso — we can't do that to her

bien puedes tomarte un descanso ahora — you can afford to take a rest now

4)

a) (en quejas, reproches)

¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

b) ( en sugerencias)

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

c) ( solicitando un favor)

¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

Sentido II

5) ( con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

6) (en locs)

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)

a) ( ganar)

él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

b) (Méx) ( doler)

tu indiferencia le puede mucho — she's very hurt by your indifference

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio — we were terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

puede aparecer en cualquier momento — he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa — anything's possible with him

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso — don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido ayer — he may have come yesterday

te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

no podía haber estado más amable — she couldn't have been kinder

podría volver a ocurrir — it could happen again

no pudo haber sido Pilar — it couldn't have been Pilar

9) (en 3^a pers)

no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

no pudo ser — it wasn't possible

puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto — he may not have seen us

- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
II
masculino

1)

a) (control, influencia) power

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village

estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

b) (Pol)

el poder — power

estar en el poder — to be in power

tomar el poder — to take o seize power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

2) ( posesión)

la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

3)

a) (derecho, atribución)

tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados — the junta has unlimited powers

la entrega de poderes — the handing over of power

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

4)

a) (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción — her power of persuasion

b) (de motor, aparato) power

•

- poder absoluto

- poder adquisitivo

- poder ejecutivo

- poderes fácticos

- poderes públicos

- poder judicial

- poder legislativo

* * *

poder¹

¹ = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.

Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.

Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.

Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.

Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.

Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.

Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.

Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.

Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.

* abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.

* abuso de poder = abuse of power.

* altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.

* ansioso de poder = power-hungry.

* asumir poder = assume + power.

* ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.

* círculo de poder = circle of power.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* conceder poderes = give + powers.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con poder = powerful.

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* control del poder = hold on power.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dejar sin poder = disempower.

* división de poderes = division of powers.

* ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.

* en el poder = in office.

* equilibrio de poder = balance of power.

* estructura de poder = power structure.

* frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.

* gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.

* gobierno en el poder = ruling government.

* grupo de poder = power group.

* hambriento de poder = power-hungry.

* igualdad de poder = parity of power.

* inversión de poderes = power reversal.

* jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.

* llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.

* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.

* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.

* lucha de poderes = power struggle.

* lucha por el poder = power struggle.

* luchar de poderes = battle of wills.

* partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.

* pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.

* pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.

* perder poder = lose + power.

* pérdida de poder = disempowerment.

* poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.

* poder colectivo = collective power.

* poder curativo = healing power.

* poder de atracción = drawing power.

* poder de curación = healing power.

* poder de discriminación = discretion.

* poder de enganche = holding power.

* poder del estado = state power.

* poder de negociación = bargaining power.

* poder de representación = power of representation.

* poder de retención = holding power.

* poder divino = divine power.

* poder económico = economic leverage.

* poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.

* poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.

* poder estatal = state power.

* poder imperial = imperial power.

* poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.

* poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.

* poder legal = statutory power.

* poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.

* poder mágico = magical power, magic power.

* poder notarial = power of attorney.

* poder político = political power.

* poder presidencial = presidential power.

* poder público = public power, public authority.

* poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.

* poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.

* política del poder = power politics.

* por poderes = by proxy.

* posición de poder = position power.

* quitar el poder = disempower.

* relación de poder = power relationship.

* relaciones de poder = power relations.

* sediento de poder = power-hungry.

* subida al poder = seizure of power.

* subir al poder = rise to + power.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tomar el poder = take + power.

* tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

poder²

² = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.

Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.

Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.

Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.

Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

* Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.

* al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.

* hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.

* muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.

* muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.

* nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.

* noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.

* no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].

* no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.

* no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.

* no poder dormir = sleeplessness.

* no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.

* no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.

* no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.

* no poder permitirse = ill afford.

* no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.

* no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.

* no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.

* no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).

* no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.

* no puedo comprender = I can't get over.

* No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.

* poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.

* poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.

* poderse contestar = be answerable.

* poderse integrar en = be integrable in.

* poderse localizar = be locatable.

* poder utilizarse = be usable.

* por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* puede que = maybe.

* puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.

* ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.

* que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.

* que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.

* que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.

* que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.

* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.

* que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.

* que puede causar detención = arrestable.

* que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.

* que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.

* que puede ser apilado = stacking.

* que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.

* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.

* que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.

* que se puede arreglar = fixable.

* que se puede buscar = searchable.

* que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].

* que se puede escuchar = playable.

* que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.

* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.

* que se puede imprimir = printable.

* que se puede quitar = detachable.

* que se puede separar = detachable.

* que se puede visualizar = viewable.

* sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.

* se puede = is to be.

* siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.

* sin poder contenerse = helplessly.

* sin poder dormir = sleepless.

* sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.

* sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.

* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

* todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

* * *

poder¹ [ E21 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

Sentido I

A tener la capacidad de

B expresando idea de permiso

C expresando un derecho moral

D

1 en quejas, reproches

2 en sugerencias

3 solicitando un favor

Sentido II

A

1 poder con algo/alguien

2 el dinero lo puede todo

B en locuciones

C

1 vencer, ganar

2 doler

Sentido III

A con idea de eventualidad

B en tercera persona

v aux

Sentido I

A

(tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much

¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?

no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?

no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her

no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?

hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them

no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself

no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help

no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it

¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on

¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!

B

(expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?

ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now

¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!

¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in

¿puedo pasar? may I come in?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?

por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?

¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in

aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here

C

(expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her

después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done

es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do

D

1

(en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?

¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?

podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!

2

(en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea

3

(solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?

¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?

Sentido II (con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

A

1 poder CON algo/algn:

¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?

no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase

yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own

no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up

¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!

podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage

no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job

2

el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money

B ( en locuciones):

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst

gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist

es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come

corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could

no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted

a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else

ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child

no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)

ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad

no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered

no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am

no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right

C

1 ( fam)

(vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him

tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine

a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable

2

( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

A

(con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him

no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out

hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?

te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!

un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions

no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder

llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?

podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again

Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar

B ( en tercera persona):

¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible

no puede ser que no lo sepa he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already

si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four

me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be

puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us

¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may

¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not

poder²

masculine

A

1 (control, influencia) power

el poder de la prensa the power of the press

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village

la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power

Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks

estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power

2 ( Pol):

el poder power

estar en el poder to be in power

tomar el poder to take o seize power

asumir el poder to assume power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years

lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years

toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame

el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne

el poder corrompe power corrupts

B

(posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities

hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands

obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office

C

1

(derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter

la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers

los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him

la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State

división

2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy

D

1 (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion

el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion

tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers

2 (de un motor, aparato) power

Compuestos:

● poder absoluto

masculine absolute power

● poder adquisitivo

masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power

● poder divino

masculine divine power

● poder ejecutivo

masculine:

el poder ejecutivo the executive

● poderes fácticos

mpl institutions which hold effective control

● poderes notariales

mpl power of attorney

● poderes públicos

mpl:

los poderes públicos the authorities

● poder judicial

masculine:

el poder judicial the judiciary

● poder legislativo

masculine:

el poder legislativo the legislature

* * *

poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):
◊ puedo ir ahora o mañana I can go now or tomorrow;

no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
2
a) ( expresando idea de permiso):

◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here
b) ( solicitando un favor):

◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
3 ( expresando derecho moral):
◊ no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her

4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
( con idea de esfuerzo)
1 poder con algo/algn:
◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

( lleno) I can't eat anything else;
◊ ya no puedo más I can't go on like this

2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;
◊ no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder;

podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
3 (Méx) ( doler):
◊ nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were terribly upset by Julio's death

poder 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (control, influencia) power;

◊ tiene mucho poder he has a great deal of power;

estamos en su poder we are in her power
b) (Pol)

◊ el poder power;

estar en el poder to be in power;
tomar el poder to take o seize power
2 ( posesión):
◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

3
a) (derecho, atribución) power;

◊ tener amplios poderes para hacer algo to have wide-ranging powers to do sth

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization;

( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
4
a) (capacidad, facultad) power;

◊ su poder de convicción her power of persuasion;

poder adquisitivo purchasing power
b) (de motor, aparato) power

poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
Jur por poderes, by proxy
Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
poder 2
I verbo transitivo
1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
II verbo intransitivo
1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
' poder' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
absoluta
- absoluto
- abusar
- abuso
- adquisitiva
- adquisitivo
- ámbito
- caber
- CGPJ
- concentrar
- continuismo
- desgaste
- desperdicio
- destronar
- desvelarse
- dominio
- entregar
- erótica
- excedente
- garra
- grabar
- grandeza
- idea
- informal
- judicial
- legislativa
- legislativo
- manifestarse
- mano
- obrar
- parcela
- remediar
- respirar
- sátrapa
- sed
- seducción
- someterse
- sugestión
- usurpar
- ver
- acumular
- anhelar
- ansia
- ansiar
- atribuir
- autoridad
- ávido
- ceder
- clavar
- confiar
English:
able
- abuse
- afford
- anything
- assume
- assumption
- can
- conform
- cope
- encroach
- fold
- form
- foursome
- get
- glad
- greed
- greediness
- greedy
- handle
- hungry
- lust
- make
- manage
- may
- might
- office
- out
- power
- power of attorney
- proxy
- purchasing power
- seize
- seizure
- spending power
- stick
- stranglehold
- take aside
- takeover
- unable
- use
- utmost
- whichever
- zenith
- could
- executive
- height
- helplessly
- judiciary
- lie
- peace

* * *

poder¹ nm

1. [mando, autoridad] power;

la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;

estar en el poder to be in power;

hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;

perder el poder to lose power;

el poder corrompe power corrupts;

la separación de poderes the separation of powers;

Comp

de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;

el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides

Comp
poder absoluto absolute power;
el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;

los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;

el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;

el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;

poderes públicos (public) authorities

2. [posesión, control]
estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;

obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;

tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;

el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;

la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank

3. [capacidad] power;

un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;

tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers

Comp
poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
poder calorífico calorific value;

poder de convicción persuasive powers;

poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
4. [autorización] power, authorization;
[documento] power of attorney;
dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;

tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;

por poderes by proxy;

casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy

Comp
poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
poder²

♦ vi

1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;

no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;

ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;

¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;

al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;

¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;

de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;

en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;

si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance

2. [tener permiso] can, may;

no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;

¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;

¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;

¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;

¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;

no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;

¿se puede? may I come in?;

¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?

3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;

no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;

¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?

4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;

puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;

puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;

podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;

puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;

¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;

¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;

ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now

5. [tener fuerza]
poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
[tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;

no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;

no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;

no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;

¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!

6. Méx [doler] to hurt

7. [en frases]
a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;

es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;

llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;

la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;

no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
[estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
Fam
¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;

Comp

no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop

♦ v impersonal
[ser posible] may;
puede que llueva it may o might rain;

puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;

¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;

puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;

puede ser perhaps, maybe;

si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;

lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;

puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;

¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!

♦ vt

1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;

tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;

mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day

2. Méx [doler]
me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;

le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it

* * *

poder

I v/aux

1 capacidad can, be able to;

no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her

2 permiso can, be allowed to;

¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?

3 posibilidad may, might;

¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him

II v/i

:

poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;

me puede he can beat me;

es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;

comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;

no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;

a poder ser if possible;

puede ser perhaps, maybe;

¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;

puede que perhaps, maybe;

puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;

¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;

no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do

III m tb POL power;

en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;

plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;

por poderes, L.Am.

por poder JUR by proxy;

los poder es públicos the authorities

* * *

poder {58} v aux

1) : to be able to, can

no puede hablar: he can't speak

2) (expressing possibility) : might, may

puede llover: it may rain at any moment

¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?

3) (expressing permission) : can, may

¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?

¿se puede?: may I come in?

poder vi

1) : to beat, to defeat

cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone

2) : to be possible

¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe

3)

poder con : to cope with, to manage

¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!

4)

no poder más : to have had enough

no puede más: she can't take anymore

5)

no poder menos que : to not be able to help

no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed

poder nm

1) : control, power

poder adquisitivo: purchasing power

2) : authority

el poder legislativo: the legislature

3) : possession

está en mi poder: it's in my hands

4) : strength, force

poder militar: military might

* * *

poder¹ n (en general) power

tiene mucho poder he has a lot of power

subir al poder to come to power

poder² vb

1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to

no puedo dormir I can't sleep

¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?

no podía vivir sin ella he couldn't live without her

¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?

¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?

Recuerda que can es presente, could es pasado o condicional y be able to es para los demás tiempos

2. (permiso) can / may

¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?

¿se puede pasar? can I come in?

aquí no se puede fumar you can't smoke here

3. (probabilidad) may / could / might

puede que llueva it might rain

puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not

no puede ser that's impossible

podría ocurrir aquí it could happen here

poder con to manage / to cope with

no puedo con la maleta I can't manage the suitcase

no puedo con él I can't cope with him

no poder más (cansado) to be exhausted (lleno) to be full up

Spanish-English dictionary > poder
16 moltus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus
17 multi

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi
18 multus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus
19 plurimum

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum
20 plus

c black plus [ply]

━━━━━━━━━

1. negative adverb

2. comparative adverb

3. superlative adverb

4. conjunction

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque plus fait partie d'une locution comme d'autant plus, non... plus, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

► ne... plus not any more

• il ne la voit plus he doesn't see her any more

• il n'a plus à s'inquiéter maintenant he doesn't need to worry any more now

• je ne reviendrai plus/plus jamais I won't/I'll never come back again

• il n'a plus dit un mot he didn't say another word

• il n'est plus là he isn't here anymore

• elle n'est plus très jeune she's not as young as she used to be► plus de + nom

• elle ne veut plus de pain she doesn't want any more bread

• elle n'a plus d'argent she's got no money left

• il n'y a plus beaucoup de pain there's hardly any bread left

• t'as plus de pain ? (inf) haven't you got any bread left?► plus que ( = seulement)

il ne nous reste plus qu'à attendre all we've got to do now is wait

• il ne me reste plus qu'à vous dire au revoir it only remains for me to say goodbye

• plus que 5 km only another 5km► plus rien

• il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left

• on n'y voit presque plus rien you can hardly see anything now► plus aucun

• il n'a plus aucun ami he hasn't a single friend left

• il n'y a plus aucun espoir there's no hope left► plus personne

• il n'y a plus personne there's nobody left

• plus personne ne lit plus Boileau nobody reads Boileau these days

2. <

   a. (avec verbe) more

• il devrait lire plus he should read more

• vous travaillez plus que nous you work harder than us

• il ne gagne pas plus que vous he doesn't earn any more than you

   b. (avec adjectif ou adverbe court)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• ce fauteuil est plus large this chair is wider

• il court plus vite qu'elle he runs faster than her

• une heure plus tôt an hour earlier

• une heure plus tard an hour later

• elle n'est pas plus grande que sa sœur she isn't any taller than her sister

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son comparatif est formé avec ier.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle est plus jolie she's prettier

• elle est plus bête she's sillier

• c'était plus drôle it was funnier

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus gros he's bigger

• il est plus mince he's slimmer

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur comparatif avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus malin he's more cunning

• pour y arriver plus rapidement to get there more quickly

• prends-le plus doucement hold it more gently

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Attention aux comparatifs irréguliers.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est plus loin it's further

• c'est plus grave it's worse

   c. (avec adjectif ou adverbe long)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus compétent que moi he is more competent than me

• beaucoup plus facilement much more easily

   d. (locutions)

► plus de ( = davantage de) more ; ( = plus que) over

• plus de pain more bread

• il y aura beaucoup plus de monde demain there will be a lot more people tomorrow

• il y aura plus de 100 personnes there will be more than or over 100 people

• il roulait à plus de 100 km/h he was driving at more than or over 100km per hour

• les enfants de plus de 4 ans children over 4

• les plus de 30 ans the over 30s

• il n'y avait pas plus de 10 personnes there were no more than 10 people

• il est plus de 9 heures it's after 9 o'clock► à plus tard ! see you later!

► à plus ! (inf) see you later!

► plus que + adjectif ou adverbe

• un résultat plus qu'honorable a more than honourable result

• plus que jamais more than ever

• j'en ai plus qu'assez ! I've had more than enough of this!► de plus ( = en outre) (en tête de phrase) moreover

• c'est dangereux, de plus c'est illégal it's dangerous, and what's more, it's illegal

• elle a 10 ans de plus she's 10 years older

• il y a dix personnes de plus qu'hier there are ten more people than yesterday

• il me faut une heure de plus I need one more hour

• une fois de plus once again► de plus en plus more and more

• je l'admire de plus en plus I admire her more and more

• aller de plus en plus vite to go faster and faster

• de plus en plus drôle funnier and funnier► en plus ( = en supplément)

les frais d'envoi sont en plus postal charges are not included

• on nous a donné deux verres en plus we were given two extra glasses

• vous n'avez pas une chaise en plus ? you wouldn't have a spare chair?

• en plus de cela on top of that► en plus + adjectif

• il ressemble à sa mère, mais en plus blond he's like his mother only fairer

• je cherche le même genre de maison en plus grand I'm looking for the same kind of house only bigger► ... et plus

• les enfants de six ans et plus children aged six and over► ni plus ni moins

• il est compétent, mais ni plus ni moins que sa sœur he's competent, but neither more nor less so than his sister► plus... moins the more... the less

• plus on le connaît, moins on l'apprécie the more you get to know him, the less you like him► plus... plus the more... the more

• plus il en a, plus il en veut the more he has, the more he wants► plus ou moins ( = à peu près, presque) more or less

• plus ou moins réussi more or less successful

• à plus ou moins long terme sooner or later

• il supporte plus ou moins bien cette situation he just about puts up with the situation

• ils utilisent cette méthode avec plus ou moins de succès they use this method with varying degrees of success► qui plus est moreover

3. <

   a. ► le plus + verbe most

• ce qui m'a frappé le plus what struck me most

• ce qui les a le plus étonnés what surprised them the most

   b. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe court

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus grand peintre qui ait jamais vécu he is the greatest painter that ever lived

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison iest.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est la plus jolie she's the prettiest

• c'est la plus bête she's the silliest

• c'est le moment le plus drôle du film it's the funniest bit of the film

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus gros he's the biggest

• c'est le plus mince he's the slimmest

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur superlatif avec most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• l'enfant le plus doué que je connaisse the most gifted child I know

• c'est la partie la plus ennuyeuse it's the most boring part

• c'est ce que j'ai de plus précieux it's the most precious thing I possess

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus petit des deux the smaller of the two

• le plus gentil des jumeaux the nicer of the twins

   c. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe long

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec the most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus intéressant it's the most interesting

• la plus belle de toutes mes photos the most beautiful of all my photographs

• c'est la personne la plus désordonnée que je connaisse she's the untidiest person I know

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus beau des deux the more beautiful of the two

   d. ► le plus de + nom the most

• c'est le samedi qu'il y a le plus de monde Saturday is when there are most people

• ce qui m'a donné le plus de mal the thing I had most difficulty with

• celui qui a le plus de chances de gagner the one with the best chance of winning

   e. (locutions)

► le plus... possible

• pour y arriver le plus rapidement possible to get there as quickly as possible

• prends-en le plus possible take as much (or as many) as possible► au plus at the most

• ça vaut 100 € au plus it's worth 100 euros at the most

• tout au plus at the very most

• il a trente ans, tout au plus he's thirty at most

• rappelle-moi au plus vite call me back as soon as possible► des plus + adjectif

• une situation des plus embarrassantes a most embarrassing situation

4. <

plus

• deux plus deux font quatre two plus two make four

• tous les voisins, plus leurs enfants all the neighbours, plus their children

• il fait plus deux aujourd'hui it's plus two today

5. <

   a. (Mathematics) (signe) plus plus (sign)

c black   b. ( = avantage) plus

• ici, parler breton est un plus indéniable being able to speak Breton is definitely a plus here

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

✦ The s of plus is never pronounced when used in negatives, eg il ne la voit plus. When used in comparatives the s is generally pronounced s, eg il devrait lire plus, although there are exceptions, notably plus preceding an adjective or adverb, eg plus grand, plus vite. Before a vowel sound, the comparative plus is pronounced z, eg plus âgé.

* * *

I
1. ply, plys, plyz
préposition

8 plus 3 égale 11 — 8 and ou plus 3 equals 11

un dessert plus du café — a dessert and coffee (as well)

plus 10° — plus 10°

2.

adverbe de comparaison

1) ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif)

le plus — the most

je ne peux pas faire plus — I can do no more, I can't do any more

elle est plus que jolie — she's more than just pretty

elle mange deux fois plus que lui — she eats twice as much as he does

plus j'y pense, moins je comprends — the more I think about it, the less I understand

plus ça va — as time goes on

qui plus est — furthermore, what's more

quel pays aimes-tu le plus? — which country do you like best?

de plus en plus — more and more

2) ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

deux fois plus cher — twice as expensive ( que as)

c'est le même modèle en plus petit — it's the same model, only smaller

il est on ne peut plus désagréable — he's as unpleasant as can be

il est plus ou moins artiste — he's an artist of sorts

il a été plus ou moins poli — he wasn't particularly polite

ils étaient plus ou moins ivres — they were a bit drunk

un livre des plus intéressants — a most interesting book

de plus en plus difficile — more and more difficult

3) ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

trois heures plus tôt/tard — three hours earlier/later

deux fois plus longtemps — twice as long ( que as)

ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous — they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us

il l'a fait plus ou moins bien — he didn't do it very well

de plus en plus loin — further and further

plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué — the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be

3.

adverbe de négation

elle ne fume plus — she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes

plus jamais ça! — never again!

plus besoin de se presser — (colloq) there's no need to hurry any more

il n'y a plus d'œufs — there are no more eggs, there aren't any eggs left

j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture! — I went into the garage, the car was gone!

il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider — only he can help us now

plus que trois jours avant Noël! — only three days left ou to go until Christmas!

4.

plus de déterminant indéfini

1) ( avec un nom dénombrable)

deux fois plus de livres que — twice as many books as

c'est lui qui a le plus de livres — he's got the most books

les gens qui posent le plus de problèmes — the people who pose the most problems

plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries — the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have

il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place — quite a few people would like to be in his/her position

2) ( avec un nom non dénombrable)

je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi — I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did

deux fois plus de vin — twice as much wine ( que as)

3) ( avec un numéral)

elle n'a pas plus de 50 disques — she has no more than 50 records

les gens de plus de 60 ans — people over 60

il était déjà bien plus de onze heures — it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock

5.

au plus locution adverbiale at the most

tout au plus — at the very most

6.

de plus locution adverbiale

1) ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more

2) ( en supplément)

deux pommes de plus — two more apples

une fois de plus — once more, once again

9% de plus — 9% more

7.

en plus locution

en plus (de cela) — on top of that

le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus — the same model, only with a sunroof

il a reçu 300 euros en plus de son salaire — he got 300 euros on top of his salary

les taxes en plus — plus tax, tax not included

II plys
nom masculin invariable

1) Mathématique plus

le signe plus — the plus sign

2) (colloq) ( avantage) plus (colloq)

••

plus I

A note on pronunciation

plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used

plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi]

plus I

Formation du comparatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘-er’ à la fin de l'adjectif/adverbe: plus grand/petit/simple = taller/smaller/simpler; plus longtemps/vite = longer/faster

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big/bigger, sad/sadder, dim/dimmer, wet/wetter etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient sunnier, pretty/prettier, happy/happier etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute more devant le mot: plus beau/compétent/intéressant = more beautiful/competent/interesting; plus facilement/sérieusement = more easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple peut produire simpler ou more simple, handsome/handsomer ou more handsome etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec more: callous/more callous, cunning/more cunning

- les adverbes se terminant par ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec more: quickly/more quickly, slowly/more slowly etc

Formation du superlatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘(e)st’ à la fin du mot: le plus grand/petit/simple = the tallest/smallest/simplest; le plus longtemps/vite = the longest/fastest

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big- the biggest, sad- the saddest, dim- the dimmest etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient the sunniest, pretty/the prettiest, happy/the happiest etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute the most devant le mot: le plus beau/compétent/intéressant = the most beautiful/competent/interesting; le plus facilement/sérieusement = the most easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple/the simplest ou the most simple, clever/the cleverest ou the most clever etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec the most: callous/the most callous, cunning/the most cunning etc

- les adverbes en ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec the most: quickly/the most quickly, slowly/the most slowly etc

Attention: lorsque la comparaison ne porte que sur deux éléments on utilise la forme du comparatif: le plus doué des deux = the more gifted of the two; la voiture la plus rapide des deux = the faster car

L'expression le plus possible est traitée avec possible

On trouvera ci-contre exemples et exceptions illustrant les différentes fonctions de plus. On trouvera également des exemples de plus dans les notes d'usage. Voir l'index

* * *
ply, plys
1. adv

1) (négation)

ne... plus — no longer, not... any more

Il ne travaille plus ici. — He's no longer working here., He doesn't work here any more.

Je ne veux plus le voir. — I don't want to see him any more., I no longer want to see him.

ne plus avoir de qch; Je n'ai plus d'argent. — I've got no more money., I've got no money left

Je n'ai plus de pain. — I've got no bread left., I've got no more bread.

2) (comparatif: devant un adjectif) more

un peu plus difficile — a bit more difficult

Il fait un peu plus froid qu'hier. — It's a bit colder than yesterday.

plus grand — bigger

Elle est plus grande que moi. — She's bigger than me.

plus intelligent — more intelligent

Il est plus intelligent que son frère. — He's more intelligent than his brother.

3) (comparaison: non suivi d'un adjectif)

plus que — more than

Il travaille plus. — He works more.

Il travaille plus que moi. — He works more than me.

4)

plus de; Il nous faut plus de pain. — We need more bread.

plus de 3 heures — more than 3 hours, over 3 hours

Il y avait plus de dix personnes. — There were more than 10 people.

plus de minuit — after midnight, past midnight

5)

de plus; Il a 3 ans de plus que moi. — He's 3 years older than me.

Le voyage a pris trois heures de plus que prévu. — The journey took 3 hours longer than planned.

Il nous faut un joueur de plus. — We need one more player.

6)

en plus; 3 kilos en plus — 3 kilos more

J'ai apporté quelques gâteaux en plus. — I brought a few more cakes.

en plus de; Deux personnes sont arrivées en plus de celles qui étaient déjà là. — Two more people came, in addition to those already there.

7)

plus... plus... — the more... the more...

Plus il gagne d'argent, plus il en veut. — The more money he earns, the more he wants.

8)

de plus en plus de — more and more

Il y a de plus en plus de touristes par ici. — There are more and more tourists round here.

de plus en plus (suivi d'un adjectif) Il fait de plus en plus chaud. — It's getting hotter and hotter.

9)

ni plus ni moins — no more, no less

10) (superlatif)

le plus; la plus; les plus — the most

le plus intelligent — the most intelligent

le plus grand — the biggest

C'est le plus grand de la famille. — He's the tallest in his family., (sans adjectif, modifiant un verbe)

C'est ce qu'elle aime le plus. — That's what she likes most.

11) (autres locutions)

de plus — what's more, moreover

en plus de cela... — what is more...

tout au plus — at the very most

plus ou moins — more or less

qui plus est — what is more

2. conj

Quatre plus deux égalent six. — 4 plus 2 is 6.

3. nm

(= avantage) plus

* * *

I.

plus ⇒ Note d'usage

A prép

1 ( dans une addition) 8 plus 3 égale 11 8 and 3 equals 11, 8 plus 3 equals 11; on nous a servi du fromage, un dessert plus du café we were served cheese, a dessert and coffee (as well);

2 ( pour exprimer une valeur) un jour il faisait moins 5°, le lendemain plus 10° one day it was minus 5°, the next plus 10°.

B adv de comparaison

1 ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) le plus the most; il mange/travaille plus (que moi) he eats/works more (than I do ou than me); tu devrais demander plus you should ask for more; je ne peux pas faire plus I can do no more, I can't do any more, I can't do more than that; elle en sait plus que lui sur le sujet she knows more about the subject than he does; c'est plus que je ne peux supporter it's more than I can bear; elle l'aime plus que tout she loves him/her more than anything; il est plus à plaindre qu'autre chose he's more to be pitied than anything else; c'est plus que bien it's more than just good; elle est plus que jolie she's more than just pretty; il a fait plus que l'embaucher, il l'a aussi formé he did more than just hire him, he also trained him; j'en ai plus qu'assez I've had more than enough; elle mange deux fois/trois fois plus que lui she eats twice/three times as much as he does; plus je gagne, plus je dépense the more I earn, the more I spend; plus j'y pense, moins je comprends the more I think about it, the less I understand; plus ça va as time goes on; qui plus est furthermore, what's more; c'est lui qui m'a le plus appris he's the one who taught me the most; quel pays aimes-tu le plus? which country do you like best?; de plus en plus more and more; il fume de plus en plus he smokes more and more;

2 ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; deux fois plus vieux/cher twice as old/expensive (que as); trois/quatre fois plus cher three/four times as expensive (que as); il n'est pas plus riche que moi he's no richer than I am ou than me, he isn't any richer than I am ou than me; c'est le même modèle en plus petit it's the same model, only smaller; il est on ne peut plus gentil/désagréable he's as nice/unpleasant as can be; il est plus ou moins fou he's more or less insane; il est plus ou moins artiste he's an artist of sorts; la cuisine était plus ou moins propre the kitchen wasn't particularly clean, the kitchen was clean after a fashion; il a été plus ou moins poli he wasn't particularly polite; ils étaient plus ou moins ivres they were a bit drunk; le plus heureux des hommes the happiest of men; la plus belle de toutes the most beautiful of all; mon vœu le plus cher my dearest wish; l'arbre le plus gros que j'aie jamais vu the biggest tree I've ever seen; son livre le plus court his shortest book; c'est ce qu'il y a de plus beau/important au monde it's the most beautiful/important thing in the world; un livre des plus intéressants a most interesting book; un individu des plus méprisables a most despicable individual; de plus en plus difficile more and more difficult; de plus en plus chaud hotter and hotter;

3 ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; trois heures plus tôt/tard three hours earlier/later; deux fois plus longtemps twice as long (que as); trois/quatre fois plus longtemps three/four times as long (que as); ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us; il l'a fait plus ou moins bien he didn't do it very well; de plus en plus loin further and further; plus tu te coucheras tard, plus tu auras de mal à te lever the later you go to bed, the harder it'll be for you to get up; plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be; c'est moi qui y vais le plus souvent I go there the most often; ça s'est passé le plus simplement/naturellement du monde it happened quite simply/naturally.

C adv de négation elle ne fume plus she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes, she's given up smoking; il n'habite plus ici he no longer lives here, he doesn't live here any more ou any longer; le grand homme n'est plus the great man is no more; elle ne veut plus le voir she doesn't want to see him any more ou any longer, she no longer wants to see him; il a décidé de ne plus y aller he decided to stop going there; je ne veux plus en entendre parler I don't want to hear any more about it; il n'y est plus (jamais) retourné he never went back there (again); plus jamais ça! never again!; nous ne faisons plus ce modèle we no longer do this model, we don't do this model any more ou any longer; il n'a plus vingt ans ( il n'est plus très jeune) he's not twenty any more, he's no longer twenty; nous n'avons plus d'espoir we've no more hope, we no longer have any hope, we've given up hoping; plus besoin de se presser○ there's no longer any need to hurry, there's no more need to hurry, there's no need to hurry any more; il n'y a plus de pain/d'œufs there is no more bread/there are no more eggs, there isn't any bread left/there aren't any eggs left; je ne veux plus de vin I don't want any more wine; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; plus rien ne m'intéresse nothing interests me any more; je ne voyais plus rien I could no longer see anything, I couldn't see a thing any more; il n'y a plus personne dans la pièce there's nobody left in the room, there's no longer anybody in the room; il n'y a plus aucun crayon there aren't any pencils left, there are no more pencils; il n'y a plus aucun problème there's no longer any problem; ce n'est plus du courage, c'est de la folie it's no longer bravery, it's foolhardiness; j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture○! I went into the garage, the car was gone○!; ce n'est plus qu'une question de jours it's only a matter of days now; il n'y a plus qu'une solution there's only one solution left; il ne restait plus que quelques bouteilles there were only a few bottles left, there was nothing left but a few bottles; il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider only he can help us now; plus que trois jours avant les vacances! only three days left ou to go until the vacation!; nous n'avons plus qu'à rentrer à la maison all we can do now is go home; il ne me reste plus qu'à vous remercier it only remains for me to thank you.

D plus de dét indéf

1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) trois/deux fois plus de livres/verres que three times/twice as many books/glasses as; c'est là que j'ai vu le plus de serpents that's where I saw the most snakes; c'est lui qui a le plus de livres he's got the most books; le joueur qui a le plus de chances de gagner the player who is most likely to win; les jeunes qui posent le plus de problèmes the young people who pose the most problems; c'est le candidat qui a remporté le plus de voix he's the candidate who won the most votes; plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have; il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place quite a few people would like to be in his/her position;

2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did; il n'a pas plus d'imagination que sa sœur he has no more imagination than his sister, he hasn't got any more imagination than his sister; trois/deux fois plus de vin/talent three times/twice as much wine/talent (que as); le joueur qui a gagné le plus d'argent the player who won the most money;

3 ( avec un numéral) elle ne possède pas plus de 50 disques she has no more than 50 records; une foule de plus de 10 000 personnes a crowd of more than ou over 10,000 people; il a plus de 40 ans he's over 40, he's more than 40 years old; les gens de plus de 60 ans people over 60; les plus de 60 ans the over-sixties; il était déjà bien plus de onze heures/midi it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock/midday.

E au plus loc adv at the most; tout au plus at the very most, at the outside.

F de plus loc adv

1 ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more;

2 ( en supplément) j'ai mangé deux pommes de plus qu'elle I ate two apples more than she did; donnez-moi deux pommes de plus give me two more apples; ça nous a pris deux heures de plus que la dernière fois it took us two hours longer than last time; j'ai besoin de deux heures de plus I need two more hours; il a trois ans de plus que sa sœur he's three years older than his sister; une fois de plus once more, once again; l'augmentation représente 9% de plus que l'année précédente the rise is 9% more than last year.

G en plus loc en plus (de cela) on top of that; il est arrivé en retard et en plus (de cela) il a commencé à se plaindre he arrived late and what' s more ou on top of that he started complaining; c 'est le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus it's the same model, only with a sunroof; c'est tout le portrait de son père, la moustache en plus he's the image of his father, only with a moustache GB ou mustache US; il a reçu 100 euros en plus de son salaire habituel he got 100 euros on top of his usual salary; en plus de son métier d'ingénieur il élève des tatous besides his job as an engineer, he breeds armadillos; les taxes en plus plus tax, tax not included; il s'est passé quelque chose en plus something else happened as well. A note on pronunciation: plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used. plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi].

II.

plus nm

1 Math plus; le signe plus the plus sign;

2 ○( avantage) plus○; son expérience d'enseignant constitue un plus pour lui his teaching experience is a point in his favour^GB ou is a plus○.

[ply(s)] adverbe

A.[COMPARATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

viens plus souvent (do) come more often

plus tôt earlier

plus tard later

c'est plus loin it's further ou farther

tu es plus patient que moi you're more patient than I am ou than me

c'est plus fatigant qu'on ne le croit it's more tiring than it seems

c'est plus rouge qu'orange it's red rather than ou it's more red than orange

elle est plus réservée que timide she's reserved rather than shy

c'est plus que gênant it's embarrassing, to say the least

on a obtenu des résultats plus qu'encourageants our results were more than encouraging

elle a eu le prix mais elle n'en est pas plus fière pour ça she got the award, but it didn't make her any prouder for all that

je veux la même, en plus large I want the same, only bigger

bien plus gros much fatter

encore plus beau more handsome still, even more handsome

cinq fois plus cher five times dearer ou as dear ou more expensive

il l'a fait deux fois plus vite (qu'elle) he did it twice as quickly (as she did)

2. [avec un verbe] more

j'apprécie plus son frère I like his brother more ou better

je m'intéresse à la question plus que tu ne penses I'm more interested in the question than you think

je ne peux vous en dire plus I can't tell you any more

3. (avec un nom)

cela représente plus qu'une simple victoire it means more than just a victory

B.[SUPERLATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

le plus loin the furthest ou farthest

la montagne la plus haute the highest mountain

j'ai répondu le plus gentiment que j'ai pu I answered as kindly as I could

j'y vais le plus rarement possible I go there as seldom as possible

le plus souvent most of the time

tu es le plus gentil de tous you're the kindest of all

un de ses tableaux les plus connus one of her best-known paintings

le plus gros des deux the bigger of the two

le plus gros des trois the biggest of the three

c'est ce qu'il y a de plus original dans sa collection d'été it's the most original feature of his summer collection

choisis les fruits les plus mûrs possible select the ripest possible fruit

faites au plus vite do it as quickly as possible

aller au plus pressé ou urgent to deal with the most urgent priority first

2. [précédé d'un verbe] most

c'est moi qui travaille le plus I'm the one who works most ou the hardest

faites-en le plus possible do as much as you can

C.[ADVERBE DE NÉGATION]

1. [avec 'ne']

je n'y retournerai plus I won't go back there any more

je ne les vois plus I don't see them any more

2. [tour elliptique]

plus de no more

plus de glace pour moi, merci no more ice cream for me, thanks

plus de tergiversations! let's not shilly-shally any longer!

plus un mot! not another word!

————————

[ply(s)] adjectif

B plus ÉDUCATION B plus

H plus CHIMIE H plus

————————

[ply(s)] conjonction

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus

3 plus 3 égale 6 3 plus 3 is ou makes 6

il fait plus 5º it's 5º above freezing, it's plus 5º

2. [en sus de] plus

le transport, plus le logement, plus la nourriture, ça revient cher travel, plus ou and accommodation, plus ou then food, (all) work out quite expensive

plus le fait que... plus ou together with the fact that...

————————

[ply(s)] nom masculin

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus (sign)

2. [avantage, atout] plus, bonus, asset

la connaissance de l'anglais est toujours un plus knowledge of English is always a plus

au plus locution adverbiale

[au maximum] at the most ou outside

ça coûtera au plus 30 euros it'll cost a maximum of 30 euros ou 30 euros at most

il y a 15 km au plus it's 15 km at the outside

de plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra, another, more

mets deux couverts de plus lay two extra ou more places

raison de plus pour y aller all the more reason for going

je ne veux rien de plus I don't want anything more

il est content, que te faut-il de plus? he's happy, what more do you want?

un mot/une minute de plus et je m'en allais another word/minute and I would have left

10 euros de plus ou de moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

2. [en trop] too many

en recomptant, je trouve trente points de plus on adding it up again, I get thirty points too many

3. [en outre] furthermore, what's more, moreover

de plus, il m'a menti what's more, he lied to me

de plus en plus locution adverbiale

1. [suivi d'un adjectif] more and more, increasingly

[suivi d'un adverbe] more and more

de plus en plus souvent more and more often

de plus en plus dangereux more and more ou increasingly dangerous

ça devient de plus en plus facile/compliqué it's getting easier and easier/more and more complicated

le ciel devenait de plus en plus sombre the sky was growing darker and darker

2. [précédé d'un verbe]

les prix augmentent de plus en plus prices are increasing all the time

de plus en plus de locution déterminante

[suivi d'un nom comptable] more and more, a growing number of

[suivi d'un nom non comptable] more and more

de plus en plus de gens more and more people, an increasing number of people

il y a de plus en plus de demande pour ce produit demand for this product is increasing, there is more and more demand for this product

elle a de plus en plus de fièvre her temperature is rising

des plus locution adverbiale

most

son attitude est des plus compréhensibles her attitude is most ou quite understandable

en plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra (avant nom)

c'est le même appartement avec un balcon en plus it's the same flat with a balcony as well

les boissons sont en plus drinks are extra, you pay extra for the drinks

ça fait 45 minutes de transport en plus it adds 45 minutes to the journey

10 euros en plus ou en moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

[en trop] spare

tu n'as pas des tickets en plus? do you have any spare tickets?

j'ai une carte en plus

a. [à la fin du jeu] I've got one card left over

b. [en distribuant] I've got one card too many

[en cadeau] as well, on top of that

et vous emportez une bouteille de champagne en plus! and you get a bottle of Champagne as well ou on top of that ou into the bargain!

2. [en outre] further, furthermore, what's more

elle a une excellente technique et en plus, elle a de la force her technique's first-class and she's got strength too

mais c'est qu'elle est méchante en plus! (familier) and she's nasty to cap it all ou to boot!

et elle m'avait menti, en plus! not only that but she'd lied to me (as well)!

3. [d'ailleurs] besides, what's more, moreover

je ne tiens pas à le faire et, en plus, je n'ai pas le temps I'm not too keen on doing it, and besides ou what's more, I've no time

en plus de locution prépositionnelle

[en supplément de] besides, on top of, in addition to

en plus du squash, elle fait du tennis besides (playing) squash, she plays tennis

et plus locution adverbiale

over

45 kilos et plus over 45 kilos, 45 odd kilos

les gens de 30 ans et plus people aged 30 and over

ni plus ni moins locution adverbiale

no more no less, that's all

je te donne une livre, ni plus ni moins I'll give you one pound, no more no less

tu t'es trompé, ni plus ni moins you were mistaken, that's all

non plus locution adverbiale

moi non plus je n'irai pas I won't go either

je ne sais pas — moi non plus! I don't know — neither do I ou nor do I ou me neither!

on ne peut plus locution adverbiale

je suis on ne peut plus désolé de vous voir partir I'm ever so sorry you're leaving

c'est on ne peut plus compliqué it couldn't be more complicated

plus de locution déterminante

1. [comparatif, suivi d'un nom] more

nous voulons plus d'autonomie! we want more autonomy!

je n'ai pas plus de courage qu'elle I'm no braver than she is ou her

[suivi d'un nombre] more than, over

il y a plus de 15 ans de cela it's more than 15 years ago now

elle a bien plus de 40 ans she's well over 40

elle roulait à plus de 150 km/h she was driving at more than 150 km/h ou doing over 150 km/h

il y en a plus d'un qui s'est plaint more than one person complained

il est plus de 5 h it's past 5 o'clock ou after 5

2. [superlatif, suivi d'un nom]

le plus de (the) most

c'est ce qui m'a fait le plus de peine that's what hurt me (the) most

c'est notre équipe qui a le plus de points our team has (the) most points

celui qui a le plus de chances de réussir the one (who's the) most likely to succeed

le plus possible de: le plus possible de cerises as many cherries as possible

le plus d'argent possible as much money as possible

(comme nom)

les plus de 20 ans people over 20, the over-20s

plus... moins locution correlative

the more... the less

plus il vieillit, moins il a envie de sortir the older he gets, the less he feels like going out

plus ça va, moins je la comprends I understand her less and less (as time goes on)

plus... plus locution correlative

the more... the more

plus je réfléchis, plus je me dis que... the more I think (about it), the more I'm convinced that...

plus ça va, plus il est agressif he's getting more and more aggressive (all the time)

plus ça va, plus je me demande si... the longer it goes on, the more I wonder if...

plus ou moins locution adverbiale

more or less

c'est plus ou moins cher, selon les endroits prices vary according to where you are

je ne l'ai que plus ou moins cru I only half believed him

qui plus est locution adverbiale

what's ou what is more

sans plus locution adverbiale

nothing more

c'était bien, sans plus it was nice, but nothing more

tout au plus locution adverbiale

at the most

c'est une mauvaise grippe, tout au plus it's a bad case of flu, at the most

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > plus

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

when — [hwen, wen] adv. [ME whenne < OE hwænne, akin to Ger wann, when, wenn, if, akin to hwa, who: see WHAT] 1. a) at what time? [when did they leave? he asked when he should go] b) on what occasion or under what circumstances? [when do you double… … English World dictionary

when able — When used in conjunction with ATC (air traffic control) instructions, it gives the pilot the latitude to delay compliance until a condition or event has been reconciled. The term differs from “at the pilot’s discretion” in that the pilot is… … Aviation dictionary

when — 1 /wen/ adverb, conjunction 1 at what time: When is Tara coming? | Do you know when she will arrive? | When did you hear about it? 2 at the time that: Things were different when I was young. | The dog jumped up when he whistled. | When I give the … Longman dictionary of contemporary English

when — [ wen, hwen ] function word *** When can be used in the following ways: as a conjunction (connecting two clauses): When he saw me, he waved. as a question adverb (introducing a direct or indirect question): When should we meet? Do you know when… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

When the World Comes Down — Studio album by The All American Rejects Released December 16 … Wikipedia

When the Saints Go Marching In — often referred to as The Saints , is an American gospel hymn that has taken on certain aspects of folk music. The precise origins of the song are not known. Though it originated as a spiritual, today people are more likely to hear it played by a … Wikipedia

When — When, adv. [OE. when, whan, whenne, whanne, AS. hw[ae]nne, hwanne, hwonne; akin to OS. hwan, OD. wan, OHG. wanne, G. wann when, wenn if, when, Goth. hwan when, and to E. who. ????. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At what time; used interrogatively … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

When as — When When, adv. [OE. when, whan, whenne, whanne, AS. hw[ae]nne, hwanne, hwonne; akin to OS. hwan, OD. wan, OHG. wanne, G. wann when, wenn if, when, Goth. hwan when, and to E. who. ????. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At what time; used… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

When that — When When, adv. [OE. when, whan, whenne, whanne, AS. hw[ae]nne, hwanne, hwonne; akin to OS. hwan, OD. wan, OHG. wanne, G. wann when, wenn if, when, Goth. hwan when, and to E. who. ????. See {Who}.] [1913 Webster] 1. At what time; used… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

When The Saints Go Marching In (sport) — When The Saints Go Marching In is used by a number of teams in various sports. It may be used as the team s theme song or reserved for when they score. It may be used with the standard lyrics, specialized lyrics, or no lyrics at all. Teams /… … Wikipedia

when — W1S1 [wen] adv, conj, pron [: Old English; Origin: hwanne, hwenne] 1.) at what time ▪ When are we leaving? ▪ When did you first meet Dr Darnall? ▪ When will the work be finished? ▪ I don t know when I ll see her again. when to do sth ▪ I ll tell… … Dictionary of contemporary English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

When used

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

When used

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: